US20040081131A1 - OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes - Google Patents
OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20040081131A1 US20040081131A1 US10/375,162 US37516203A US2004081131A1 US 20040081131 A1 US20040081131 A1 US 20040081131A1 US 37516203 A US37516203 A US 37516203A US 2004081131 A1 US2004081131 A1 US 2004081131A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- ofdm symbol
- size
- data
- ofdm
- subbands
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
- H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
- H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
- H04B7/0417—Feedback systems
- H04B7/0421—Feedback systems utilizing implicit feedback, e.g. steered pilot signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0667—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of delayed versions of same signal
- H04B7/0669—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of delayed versions of same signal using different channel coding between antennas
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0697—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using spatial multiplexing
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/08—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
- H04B7/0837—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using pre-detection combining
- H04B7/0842—Weighted combining
- H04B7/0848—Joint weighting
- H04B7/0854—Joint weighting using error minimizing algorithms, e.g. minimum mean squared error [MMSE], "cross-correlation" or matrix inversion
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0015—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy
- H04L1/0017—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy where the mode-switching is based on Quality of Service requirement
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
- H04L25/0224—Channel estimation using sounding signals
- H04L25/0228—Channel estimation using sounding signals with direct estimation from sounding signals
- H04L25/023—Channel estimation using sounding signals with direct estimation from sounding signals with extension to other symbols
- H04L25/0232—Channel estimation using sounding signals with direct estimation from sounding signals with extension to other symbols by interpolation between sounding signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
- H04L25/024—Channel estimation channel estimation algorithms
- H04L25/0242—Channel estimation channel estimation algorithms using matrix methods
- H04L25/0248—Eigen-space methods
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2602—Signal structure
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0028—Variable division
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0037—Inter-user or inter-terminal allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
- H04B7/0426—Power distribution
- H04B7/043—Power distribution using best eigenmode, e.g. beam forming or beam steering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
- H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
- H04W28/18—Negotiating wireless communication parameters
- H04W28/20—Negotiating bandwidth
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/38—TPC being performed in particular situations
- H04W52/50—TPC being performed in particular situations at the moment of starting communication in a multiple access environment
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to data communication, and more specifically to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication systems and techniques for providing OFDM symbol sizes to increase wireless efficiency.
- OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
- Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication services such as voice, packet data, and so on. These systems may utilize OFDM, which is a modulation technique capable of providing high performance for some wireless environments. OFDM effectively partitions the overall system bandwidth into a number of (N S ) orthogonal subbands, which are also commonly referred to as tones, bins, and frequency subchannels. With OFDM, each subband is associated with a respective carrier that may be modulated with data.
- OFDM orthogonal subbands
- a stream of information bits is converted to a series of frequency-domain modulation symbols.
- One modulation symbol may be transmitted on each of the N S subbands in each OFDM symbol period (defined below).
- the modulation symbols to be transmitted on the N S subbands in each OFDM symbol period are transformed to the time-domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to obtain a “transformed” symbol that contains N S samples.
- IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
- the input to an N S -point IFFT is N S frequency-domain values and the output from the IFFT is N S time-domain samples.
- the number of subbands is determined by the size of the IFFT. Increasing the size of the IFFT increases the number of subbands and also increases the number of samples for each transformed symbol, which correspondingly increases the time required to transmit the symbol.
- each transformed symbol is typically repeated prior to transmission.
- the repeated portion is often referred to as a cyclic prefix, and has a length of N CP samples.
- the length of the cyclic prefix is typically selected based on the delay spread of the system, as described below, and is independent of the length of the transformed symbol.
- An OFDM symbol is composed of a transformed symbol and its cyclic prefix.
- Each OFDM symbol contains N S +N cp samples and has a duration of N S +N cp sample periods, which is one OFDM symbol period.
- the size of the cyclic prefix relative to that of the OFDM symbol may have a large impact on the efficiency of an OFDM system.
- the cyclic prefix must be transmitted with each OFDM symbol to simplify the receiver processing in a multipath environment but carries no additional information.
- the cyclic prefix may be viewed as bandwidth that must be wasted as a price of operating in the multipath environment. The proportion of bandwidth wasted in this way can be computed using the formula N cp N S + N cp .
- N cp 16 samples and N S is 64 samples
- 20% of the bandwidth is lost to cyclic prefix overhead.
- This percentage may be decreased by using a relatively large value of N S .
- using a large value of N S can also lead to inefficiency, especially where the size of the information unit or packet to be transmitted is much smaller than the capacity of the OFDM symbol. For example, if each OFDM symbol can carry 480 information bits, but the most common packet contains 96 bits, then packing efficiency will be poor and much of the capacity of the OFDM symbol will be wasted when this common packet is sent.
- Orthogonal frequency division multiple-access can ameliorate the inefficiency due to excess capacity resulting from the use of a large OFDM symbol.
- OFDMA multiple users share the large OFDM symbol using frequency domain multiplexing. This is achieved by reserving a set of subbands for signaling and allocating different disjoint sets of subbands to different users.
- data transmission using OFDMA may be complicated by various factors such as, for example, different power requirements, propagation delays, Doppler frequency shifts, and/or timing for different users sharing the large OFDM symbol.
- OFDM symbol sizes may be selected based on the expected sizes of the different types of payload to be transmitted in an OFDM system.
- the system traffic may be arranged into different categories. For each category, one or more OFDM symbols of the proper sizes may be selected for use based on the expected payload size for the traffic in that category.
- the system traffic may be arranged into control data, user data, and pilot data.
- Control data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a first size
- user data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a second size and the OFDM symbol of the first size
- pilot data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a third size (or the first size).
- the user data may further be arranged into sub-categories such as, for example, voice data, packet data, messaging data, and so on.
- a particular OFDM symbol size may then be selected for each sub-category of user data.
- the data for each user may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a particular size selected for that user.
- OFDM symbols of different sizes may be used for a given user data packet to better match the capacity of the OFDM symbols to the packet payload.
- any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for an OFDM system, and any particular OFDM symbol size may be selected for use.
- a combination of two OFDM symbol sizes are used so as to maximize packing efficiency.
- a small or short OFDM symbol size (e.g., with 64 subbands) is used for pilot and control data.
- User data may be sent within zero or more OFDM symbols having a large or long OFDM symbol size (e.g., with 256 subbands) and zero or more OFDM symbols having the small OFDM symbol size, depending on the payload size.
- the processing at a transmitter and receiver may be performed in a manner to account for the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes, as described below.
- encoding, interleaving, symbol mapping, and spatial processing may be performed in a manner to account for the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes, as described below.
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an OFDM modulator
- FIG. 2 shows OFDM symbols of different sizes and the overhead due to the cyclic prefix
- FIGS. 3A and 3B show the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes to transmit different types of data
- FIG. 4 shows an IFFT unit with S stages for generating OFDM symbols of different sizes
- FIG. 5 shows an illustrative MIMO-OFDM system
- FIG. 6 shows a frame structure for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system
- FIG. 7 shows a structure for a data packet and a PHY frame
- FIG. 8 shows a block diagram of an access point and two user terminals
- FIG. 9A shows a block diagram of a transmitter unit that may be used for the access point and the user terminal.
- FIG. 9B shows a block diagram of a modulator within the transmitter unit.
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an OFDM modulator 100 that may be used in an OFDM system.
- the data to be transmitted i.e., the information bits
- the encoder may utilize a forward error correction (FEC) code such as a block code, convolutional code, or turbo code.
- FEC forward error correction
- the code bits are then grouped into B-bit binary values, where B ⁇ 1.
- Each modulation symbol is a complex value in a signal constellation corresponding to the modulation scheme used for that modulation symbol.
- one modulation symbol may be transmitted on each subband used for data transmission, and a signal value of zero is provided for each unused subband.
- An inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) unit 110 transforms the N S modulation symbols and zeros for all N S subbands in each OFDM symbol period to the time domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT), to obtain a transformed symbol that comprises N S samples.
- IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
- a cyclic prefix generator 120 then repeats a portion of each transformed symbol to obtain a corresponding OFDM symbol that comprises N S +N cp samples.
- the cyclic prefix is used to combat frequency selective fading (i.e., a frequency response that varies across the overall system bandwidth), which is caused by delay spread in the system.
- the delay spread for a transmitter is the difference between the earliest and latest arriving signal instances at a receiver for a signal transmitted by that transmitter.
- the delay spread of the system is the expected worst-case delay spread for all transmitters and receivers in the system.
- the frequency selective fading causes inter-symbol interference (ISI), which is a phenomenon whereby each symbol in a received signal acts as distortion to subsequent symbols in the received signal.
- ISI inter-symbol interference
- the ISI distortion degrades performance by impacting the ability to correctly detect the received symbols.
- the length of the cyclic prefix is typically selected based on the delay spread of the system such that the cyclic prefix contains a significant portion of all multipath energies.
- the cyclic prefix represents a fixed overhead of N cp samples for each OFDM symbol.
- FIG. 2 illustrates OFDM symbols of different sizes including the fixed overhead due to the cyclic prefix.
- the size or duration of an OFDM symbol is dependent on the number of subbands. If the system bandwidth is divided into N subbands with the use of an N-point IFFT, then the resulting transformed symbol comprises N samples and spans N sample periods or N/W ⁇ sec. As shown in FIG. 2, the system bandwidth may also be divided into 2N subbands with the use of a 2N-point IFFT. In this case, the resulting transformed symbol would comprise 2N samples, span 2N sample periods, and have approximately twice the data-carrying capacity of the transformed symbol with N samples. Similarly, FIG. 2 also shows how the system bandwidth may be divided into 4N subbands with the use of a 4N-point IFFT. The resulting transformed symbol would then comprise 4N samples and have approximately four times the data-carrying capacity of the transformed symbol with N samples.
- FIG. 2 indicates that improved efficiency (from the cyclic prefix standpoint) may be attained by using an OFDM symbol with the largest size possible.
- the largest OFDM symbol that may be used is typically constrained by the coherence time of the wireless channel, which is the time over which the wireless channel is essentially constant.
- the use of the largest possible OFDM symbol may be inefficient from other standpoints.
- the data-carrying capacity of the OFDM symbol is much greater than the size of the payload to be sent, then the remaining excess capacity of the OFDM symbol will go unused.
- This excess capacity of the OFDM symbol represents inefficiency. If the OFDM symbol is too large, then the inefficiency due to excess-capacity may be greater than the inefficiency due to the cyclic prefix.
- the OFDM symbol sizes used to transmit a unit of data may be selected from a set of available OFDM symbol sizes, which may in turn be selected based on the expected sizes of the different types of payload to be transmitted in the OFDM system.
- the system traffic may be arranged into different categories. For each category, one or more OFDM symbols of the proper sizes may be selected for use based on the expected payload size for the traffic in that category and possibly other considerations (e.g., implementation complexity).
- An OFDM symbol may be viewed as a boxcar that is used to send data.
- One or more boxcars of the proper sizes may be selected for each category of data depending on the amount of data expected to be sent for that category.
- a unit of data may be sent using multiple boxcars having identical sizes or having varying sizes. For example, if a unit of data consumes 2.1 times the capacity of a “large” boxcar, then the unit of data may be sent using two “large” boxcars and one “small” boxcar.
- the system traffic may be divided into three basic categories—control data, user data, and pilot data.
- Control data typically constitutes a small fraction (e.g., less than 10%) of the total system traffic and is usually sent in smaller blocks.
- User data constitutes the bulk of the system traffic.
- a short OFDM symbol may be used to send control data and pilot, and a combination of long OFDM symbols and short OFDM symbols may be used to send user data.
- FIG. 3A shows the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes to transmit different types of data in an OFDM system. For simplicity, only one OFDM symbol size is used for each category and type of data in FIG. 3A. In general, any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for each category and type of data.
- pilot data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size N Sa
- control data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size N Sb
- different types of user data (or data for different users) may be transmitted using OFDM symbols of sizes N Sc through N Sq .
- the user data may be further arranged into sub-categories such as, for example, voice data, packet data, messaging data, and so on.
- a suitable OFDM symbol size may then be selected for each sub-category of user data.
- the data for each user may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a suitable size for that user.
- the OFDM symbol size for a particular user may be selected based on various considerations such as, for example, the amount of data to transmit, the coherence time of the wireless channel for the user, and so on.
- any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for the OFDM system, and any particular OFDM symbol size may be selected for use.
- the minimum OFDM symbol size is dictated by the cyclic prefix overhead and the maximum OFDM symbol size is dictated by the coherence time of the wireless channel.
- OFDM symbol sizes that are powers of two are normally selected for use because of the ease in transforming between the time and frequency domains with the IFFT and fast Fourier Transform (FFT) operations.
- FIG. 3A shows the transmission of different types of data in different time segments in a time division multiplexed (TDM) manner.
- TDM time division multiplexed
- Each frame (which is of a particular time duration) is partitioned into multiple time segments.
- Each time segment may be used to transmit data of a particular type.
- the different types of data may also be transmitted in other manners, and this is within the scope of the invention.
- the pilot and control data may be transmitted on different sets of subbands in the same time segment.
- all user data may be transmitted in one time segment for each frame.
- the particular OFDM symbol size to use for each time segment may be determined by various manners.
- the OFDM symbol size to use for each time segment is fixed and known a priori by both the transmitters and receivers in the OFDM system.
- the OFDM symbol size for each time segment may be configurable and indicated, for example, by signaling sent for each frame.
- the OFDM symbol sizes for some time segments e.g., for the pilot and control data
- the OFDM symbol sizes for other time segments e.g., for the user data
- the transmitter may use the fixed-symbol-size control data channel to transmit the OFDM symbol sizes to be used in subsequent user-data OFDM symbols.
- FIG. 3B shows the use of two different OFDM symbol sizes of N and 4N for different types of data.
- each frame is partitioned into three time segments for pilot, control data, and user data. Pilot and control data are transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size N, and user data is transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size 4N and the OFDM symbol of size N.
- Pilot and control data are transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size N
- user data is transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size 4N and the OFDM symbol of size N.
- One or multiple OFDM symbols of size N may be transmitted for each of the time segments for pilot and control data.
- Zero or multiple OFDM symbols of size 4N and zero or multiple OFDM symbols of size N may be transmitted for the time segment for user data.
- FIG. 4 shows an embodiment of a variable-size IFFT unit 400 capable of generating OFDM symbols of different sizes.
- the modulation symbols for each OFDM symbol period are provided to a zero insertion and sorting unit 410 , which sorts the modulation symbols, for example in bit-reversed order, and inserts an appropriate number of zeros when a smaller OFDM symbol is being generated.
- Unit 410 provides N max sorted modulation symbols and zeros to a first butterfly stage 420 a , which performs a set of butterfly computations for 2-point inverse discrete Fourier transforms (DFTs).
- DFTs 2-point inverse discrete Fourier transforms
- the outputs from first butterfly stage 420 a are then processed by each of subsequent butterfly stages 420 b through 420 s .
- Each butterfly stage 420 performs a set of butterfly operations with a set of coefficients applicable for that
- the outputs from last butterfly stage 420 s are provided to a selector unit 430 , which provides the time-domain samples for each OFDM symbol.
- a selector unit 430 To perform an N max -point IFFT, all butterfly stages are enabled and N max samples are provided by selector unit 430 .
- N max /2-point IFFT To perform an N max /2-point IFFT, all but the last butterfly stage 420 s are enabled and N max /2 samples are provided by selector unit 430 .
- To perform an N max /4-point IFFT all but the last two butterfly stages 420 r and 420 s are enabled and N max /4 samples are provided by selector unit 430 .
- a control unit 440 receives an indication of the particular OFDM symbol size to use for the current OFDM symbol period and provides the control signals for units 410 and 430 and butterfly stages 420 .
- IFFT unit 400 may implement a decimation-in-time or a decimation-in-frequency IFFT algorithm. Moreover, IFFT unit 400 may implement radix-4 or radix-2 IFFT, although radix-4 IFFT may be more efficient. IFFT unit 400 may be designed to include one or multiple butterfly computation units. At the extremes, one butterfly computation unit may be used for a time-shared IFFT implementation, and N max /radix butterfly computation units may be used for a fully parallel IFFT implementation. Typically, the number of butterfly computation units required is determined by the clock speed for these units, the OFDM symbol rate, and the maximum IFFT size. Proper control of these butterfly computation units in conjunction with memory management allow IFFT of different sizes to be performed using a single IFFT unit.
- a cyclic prefix generator 120 repeats a portion of each transformed symbol output by selector unit 430 to provide a cyclic prefix for each OFDM symbol.
- the same cyclic prefix length may be used for OFDM symbols of different sizes and may be selected based on the delay spread of the system as described above.
- the cyclic prefix length may also be configurable. For example, the cyclic prefix length used for each receiver may be selected based on the delay spread of the receiver, which may be shorter than the delay spread of the system.
- the configured cyclic prefix length may be signaled to the receiver or made known to the receiver by some other means.
- OFDM symbols of different sizes may be advantageously used in various types of OFDM systems.
- multiple OFDM symbol sizes may be used for (1) single-input single-output OFDM systems that use a single antenna for transmission and reception, (2) multiple-input single-output OFDM systems that use multiple antennas for transmission and a single antenna for reception, (3) single-input multiple-output OFDM systems that use a single antenna for transmission and multiple antennas for reception, and (4) multiple-input multiple-output OFDM systems (i.e., MIMO-OFDM systems) that use multiple antennas for transmission and reception.
- MIMO-OFDM systems multiple-input multiple-output OFDM systems
- Multiple OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for (1) frequency division duplexed (FDD) OFDM systems that use different frequency bands for the downlink and uplink, and (2) time division duplexed (TDD) OFDM systems that use one frequency band for both the downlink and uplink in a time-shared manner.
- FDD frequency division duplexed
- TDD time division duplexed
- FIG. 5 shows an exemplary MIMO-OFDM system 500 with a number of access points (APs) 510 that support communication for a number of user terminals (UTs) 520 .
- An access point is a fixed station used for communicating with the user terminals and may also be referred to as a base station or some other terminology.
- a user terminal may also be referred to as an access terminal, a mobile station, a user equipment (UE), a wireless device, or some other terminology.
- User terminals 520 may be dispersed throughout the system. Each user terminal may be a fixed or mobile terminal and may communicate with one or possibly multiple access points on the downlink and/or uplink at any given moment.
- the downlink i.e., forward link
- the uplink i.e., reverse link
- access point 510 a communicates with user terminals 520 a through 520 f
- access point 510 b communicates with user terminals 520 f through 520 k
- a system controller 530 couples to access points 510 and may be designed to perform a number of functions such as (1) coordination and control for the access points coupled to it, (2) routing of data among these access points, and (3) access and control of communication with the user terminals served by these access points.
- FIG. 6 shows an exemplary frame structure 600 that may be used for MIMO-OFDM system 500 .
- Data transmission occurs in units of TDD frames, each of which spans a particular time duration (e.g., 2 msec).
- Each TDD frame is partitioned into a downlink phase and an uplink phase, and each downlink or uplink phase is further partitioned into multiple segments for multiple transport channels.
- the downlink transport channels include a broadcast channel (BCH), a forward control channel (FCCH), and a forward channel (FCH), and the uplink transport channels include a reverse channel (RCH) and a random access channel (RACH).
- BCH broadcast channel
- FCCH forward control channel
- FCH forward channel
- RACH random access channel
- a BCH segment 610 is used to transmit one BCH protocol data unit (PDU) 612 , which includes a portion 614 for a beacon pilot, a portion 616 for a MIMO pilot, and a portion 618 for a BCH message.
- the BCH message carries system parameters for the user terminals in the system.
- An FCCH segment 620 is used to transmit one FCCH PDU, which carries assignments for downlink and uplink resources and other signaling for the user terminals.
- An FCH segment 630 is used to transmit one or more FCH PDUs 632 on the downlink. Different types of FCH PDU may be defined.
- an FCH PDU 632 a includes a portion 634 a for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and a portion 636 a for a data packet.
- the pilot portion is also referred to as a “preamble”.
- An FCH PDU 632 b includes a single portion 636 b for a data packet.
- the different types of pilots (beacon pilot, MIMO pilot, and steered reference) are described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- an RCH segment 640 is used to transmit one or more RCH PDUs 642 on the uplink.
- RCH PDU 642 a includes a single portion 646 a for a data packet.
- An RCH PDU 642 b includes a portion 644 b for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and a portion 646 b for a data packet.
- An RACH segment 650 is used by the user terminals to gain access to the system and to send short messages on the uplink.
- An RACH PDU 652 may be sent in RACH segment 650 and includes a portion 654 for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and a portion 656 for a message.
- a suitable OFDM symbol size may be selected for use for each transport channel. If a large amount of data is expected to be transmitted on a given transport channel, then a large OFDM symbol may be used for that transport channel. The cyclic prefix would then represent a smaller percentage of the large OFDM symbol, and greater efficiency may be achieved. Conversely, if a small amount of data is expected to be transmitted on a given transport channel, than a small OFDM symbol may be used for that transport channel. Even though the cyclic prefix represents a larger percentage of the small OFDM symbol, greater efficiency may still be achieved by reducing the amount of excess capacity.
- the OFDM symbol size for each transport channel may be selected to match the expected payload size for the type of data to be transmitted on that transport channel. Different OFDM symbol sizes may be used for different transport channels. Moreover, multiple OFDM symbol sizes may be used for a given transport channel. For example, each PDU type for the FCH and RCH may be associated with a suitable OFDM symbol size for that PDU type. A large OFDM symbol may be used for a large-size FCH/RCH PDU type, and a small OFDM symbol may be used for a small-size FCH/RCH PDU type.
- the BCH, FCCH, and RACH utilize the small OFDM symbol
- the FCH and RCH utilize both the small and large OFDM symbols as appropriate.
- Other OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for the transport channels, and this is within the scope of the invention.
- the 64 subbands for the small OFDM symbol are assigned indices of ⁇ 32 to +31.
- 48 subbands e.g., with indices of ⁇ 1, . . . , 6, 8, . . . , 20, 22, . . . , 26 ⁇
- 4 subbands e.g., with indices of ⁇ 7, 21 ⁇
- the DC subband with index of 0
- the remaining subbands are also not used and serve as guard subbands.
- This OFDM subband structure is described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- the 256 subbands for the large OFDM symbol are assigned indices of ⁇ 128 to +127.
- the subbands for the small OFDM symbol may be mapped to the subbands for the large OFDM symbol based on the following:
- the BCH segment has a fixed duration of 80 ⁇ sec, and each of the remaining segments has a variable duration.
- the start of each PDU sent on the FCH and RCH relative to the start of the FCH and RCH segments and the start of the RACH segment relative to the start of the TDD frame are provided in the FCCH message sent in the FCCH segment.
- Different OFDM symbol sizes are associated with different symbol durations. Since different OFDM symbol sizes are used for different transport channels (and different OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for the same transport channel), the offsets for the FCH and RCH PDUs are specified with the proper time resolution.
- the time resolution may be the cyclic prefix length of 800 nsec.
- a 12-bit value may be used to indicate the start of each FCH/RCH PDU.
- FIG. 7 illustrates an exemplary structure for a data packet 636 x that may be sent in an FCH or RCH PDU on the FCH or RCH.
- the data packet is sent using an integer number of PHY frames 710 .
- Each PHY frame 710 includes a payload field 722 that carries the data for the PHY frame, a CRC field 724 for a CRC value for the PHY frame, and a tail bit field 726 for a set of zeros used to flush out the encoder.
- the first PHY frame 710 a for the data packet further includes a header field 720 , which indicates the message type and duration.
- the last PHY frame 710 m for the data packet further includes a pad bit field 728 , which contains zero padding bits at the end of the payload in order to fill the last PHY frame.
- This PHY frame structure is described in further detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. If one antenna is used for data transmission, then each PHY frame 710 may be processed to obtain one OFDM symbol 750 .
- the same PHY frame structure may be used for a message sent on the BCH or FCCH.
- a BCH/FCCH message may be sent using an integer number of PHY frames, each of which may be processed to obtain one OFDM symbol. Multiple OFDM symbols may be transmitted for the BCH/FCCH message.
- one PHY frame of data is sent in each OFDM symbol.
- Different PHY frame sizes may be used for different OFDM symbol sizes.
- Each PHY frame of data may be coded based on a particular coding scheme and may further include a CRC value that permits individual PHY frames to be checked and retransmitted if necessary.
- the number of information bits that may be sent in each PHY frame is dependent on the coding and modulation schemes selected for use for that PHY frame.
- the small PHY frame and small OFDM symbol are used for the BCH and FCCH. Both small and large PHY frames and small and large OFDM symbols may be used for the FCH and RCH.
- a data packet may be sent using any number of large OFDM symbols and a small number of small OFDM symbols. If the large OFDM symbol is four times the size of the small OFDM symbol, then a data packet may be sent using N L large OFDM symbols and N SM small OFDM symbols (where N L ⁇ 0 and 3 ⁇ N SM ⁇ 0). The N SM small OFDM symbols at the end of the N L large OFDM symbols reduce the amount of unused capacity. OFDM symbols of different sizes may thus be used to better match the capacity of the OFDM symbols to the packet payload to maximize packing efficiency.
- the OFDM symbol sizes used for data transmission may be provided to a receiver in various manners.
- the FCCH provides the start of each data packet transmitted on the FCH and RCH and the rate of the packet. Some other equivalent information may also be signaled to the receiver. The receiver is then able to determine the size of each data packet being sent, the number of long and short OFDM symbols used for that data packet, and the start of each OFDM symbol. This information is then used by the receiver to determine the size of the FFT to be performed for each received OFDM symbol and to properly align the timing of the FFT. In another embodiment, the start of each data packet and its rate are not signaled to the receiver.
- blind detection may be used, and the receiver can perform an FFT for every 16 samples (i.e., the cyclic prefix length) and determine whether or not a PHY frame was sent by checking the CRC value included in the PHY frame.
- a MIMO channel is formed by the N ap antennas at the access point and the N ut antennas at the user terminal.
- the MIMO channel may be decomposed into N C independent channels, with N C ⁇ min ⁇ N ap , N ut ⁇ .
- Each of the N C independent channels is also referred to as an eigenmode of the MIMO channel, where “eigenmode” normally refers to a theoretical construct.
- eigenmode normally refers to a theoretical construct.
- up to N C independent data streams may be sent concurrently the N C eigenmodes of the MIMO channel.
- the MIMO channel may also be viewed as including N C spatial channels that may be used for data transmission. Each spatial channel may or may not correspond to an eigenmode, depending on whether or not the spatial processing at the transmitter was successful in orthogonalizing the data streams.
- the MIMO-OFDM system may be designed to support a number of transmission modes.
- Table 2 lists the transmission modes that may be used for the downlink and uplink for a user terminal equipped with multiple antennas. TABLE 2 Transmission modes Description
- Diversity Data is redundantly transmitted from multiple transmit antennas and subbands to provide diversity.
- Beam-steering Data is transmitted on a single (best) spatial channel at full power using the phase steering information based on the principal eigenmode of the MIMO channel.
- Spatial multiplexing Data is transmitted on multiple spatial channels to achieve higher spectral efficiency.
- one PHY frame of a selected rate may be generated for each OFDM symbol period for transmission on the best spatial channel.
- This PHY frame is initially processed to obtain a set of modulation symbols, which is then spatially processed to obtain N T sets of transmit symbols for N T transmit antennas.
- the set of transmit symbols for each antenna is further processed to obtain an OFDM symbol for that antenna.
- up to N C PHY frames of the same or different rates may be generated for each OFDM symbol period for transmission on the N C spatial channels.
- the up to N C PHY frames are initially processed to obtain up to N C sets of modulation symbols, which are then spatially processed to obtain N T sets of transmit symbols for N T transmit antennas.
- the set of transmit symbols for each antenna is further processed to obtain an OFDM symbol for that antenna.
- the diversity mode utilizes space-time transmit diversity (STTD) for dual transmit diversity on a per-subband basis.
- STTD space-time transmit diversity
- STTD supports simultaneous transmission of independent symbol streams on two transmit antennas while maintaining orthogonality at the receiver.
- the STTD scheme operates as follows. Suppose that two modulation symbols, denoted as s 1 and s 2 , are to be transmitted on a given subband.
- each STTD symbol is typically transmitted sequentially in two OFDM symbol periods from a respective transmit antenna (i.e., STTD symbol x 1 is transmitted from antenna 1 in two OFDM symbol periods, and STTD symbol x 2 is transmitted from antenna 2 in the same two OFDM symbol periods).
- the duration of each STTD symbol is thus two OFDM symbol periods.
- the two STTD symbols x 1 and x 2 are transmitted concurrently on a pair of subbands from two antennas.
- the two elements s 1 and s 2 for the STTD symbol x 1 may be transmitted on subband k from two antennas, and the two elements ⁇ s 2 * and s 1 * for the STTD symbol x 2 may be transmitted on subband k+1 from the same two antennas.
- Table 3 lists an exemplary subband-antenna assignment scheme for the STTD scheme using four transmit antennas.
- Table 3 lists an exemplary subband-antenna assignment scheme for the STTD scheme using four transmit antennas.
- TABLE 3 Short OFDM Subband TX Bit Indices Ant Index — — — — ⁇ 26 1, 2 0 ⁇ 25 3, 4 6 ⁇ 24 1, 3 12 ⁇ 23 2, 4 18 ⁇ 22 1, 4 24 ⁇ 21 1 P0 ⁇ 20 2, 3 30 ⁇ 19 1, 2 36 ⁇ 18 3, 4 42 ⁇ 17 1, 3 2 ⁇ 16 2, 4 8 ⁇ 15 1, 4 14 ⁇ 14 2, 3 20 ⁇ 13 1, 2 26 ⁇ 12 3, 4 32 ⁇ 11 1, 3 38 ⁇ 10 2, 4 44 ⁇ 9 1, 4 4 ⁇ 8 2, 3 10 ⁇ 7 2 P1 ⁇ 6 1, 2 16 ⁇ 5 3, 4 22 ⁇ 4 1, 3 28 ⁇ 3 2, 4 34 ⁇ 2 1, 4 40 ⁇ 1 2, 3 46 0 1 3, 4 1 2 1, 2 7 3 2, 4 13 4 1, 3 19
- transmit antennas 1 and 2 are used for short OFDM subband with index ⁇ 26
- transmit antennas 3 and 4 are used for short OFDM subband with index ⁇ 25
- the subband-antenna assignment is such that (1) each of the six possible antenna pairings with four transmit antennas is used for 8 data subbands, which are uniformly distributed across the 48 data subbands, and (2) the antenna pairing to subband assignment is such that different antennas are used for adjacent subbands, which may provide greater frequency and spatial diversity.
- the subband-antenna assignment scheme shown in Table 3 may also be used for the long OFDM symbol based on the mapping shown in equation (1) between the short and long OFDM symbol subband indices.
- transmit antennas 1 and 2 may be used for long OFDM subbands with indices ⁇ 104, ⁇ 103, ⁇ 102, ⁇ 101 ⁇ , which are associated with short OFDM subband with index ⁇ 26.
- FIG. 8 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of an access point 510 x and two user terminals 520 x and 520 y within MIMO-OFDM system 500 .
- a transmit (TX) data processor 810 receives user data (i.e., information bits) from a data source 808 and control data and other data from a controller 830 and possibly a scheduler 834 .
- the functions of the controller 830 and the scheduler 834 may be performed by a single processor or multiple processors. These various types of data may be sent on different transport channels.
- TX data processor 810 processes the different types of data based on one or more coding and modulation schemes and provides a stream of modulation symbols for each spatial channel to be used for data transmission.
- a TX spatial processor 820 receives one or more modulation symbol streams from TX data processor 810 and performs spatial processing on the modulation symbols to provide one stream of “transmit” symbols for each transmit antenna. The processing by processors 810 and 820 is described below.
- Each modulator (MOD) 822 receives and processes a respective transmit symbol stream to provide a corresponding stream of OFDM symbols, which is further processed to provide a corresponding downlink signal.
- the downlink signals from N ap modulators 822 a through 822 ap are then transmitted from N ap antennas 824 a through 824 ap , respectively.
- each user terminal 520 one or multiple antennas 852 receive the transmitted downlink signals, and each antenna provides a receiver input signal to a respective demodulator (DEMOD) 854 .
- Each demodulator 854 performs processing complementary to that performed at modulator 822 and provides “received” symbols.
- a receive (RX) spatial processor 860 then performs spatial processing on the received symbols from all demodulators 854 to provide “recovered” symbols, which are estimates of the modulation symbols sent by the access point.
- An RX data processor 870 receives and demultiplexes the recovered symbols into their respective transport channels.
- the recovered symbols for each transport channel may be processed to provide decoded data for that transport channel.
- the decoded data for each transport channel may include recovered user data, control data, and so on, which may be provided to a data sink 872 for storage and/or a controller 880 for further processing.
- the processing by access point 510 and terminal 520 for the downlink is described in further detail below and in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- the processing for the uplink may be the same or different from the processing for the downlink.
- RX spatial processor 860 For the downlink, at each active user terminal 520 , RX spatial processor 860 further estimates the downlink channel and provides channel state information (CSI).
- the CSI may include channel response estimates, received SNRs, and so on.
- RX data processor 870 may also provide the status of each packet/frame received on the downlink.
- a controller 880 receives the channel state information and the packet/frame status and determines the feedback information to be sent back to the access point. Controller 880 may further process the downlink channel estimates to obtain steering vectors, which are used to transmit a steered reference to the access point and for spatial processing of downlink data reception and uplink data transmission.
- the feedback information and uplink data are processed by a TX data processor 890 , multiplexed with pilot data and spatially processed by a TX spatial processor 892 (if present), conditioned by one or more modulators 854 , and transmitted via one or more antennas 852 back to the access point.
- the transmitted uplink signal(s) are received by antennas 824 , demodulated by demodulators 822 , and processed by an RX spatial processor 840 and an RX data processor 842 in a complementary manner to that performed at the user terminal.
- the recovered feedback information is then provided to controller 830 and a scheduler 834 .
- Scheduler 834 may use the feedback information to perform a number of functions such as (1) selecting a set of user terminals for data transmission on the downlink and uplink, (2) selecting the rates for the selected user terminals, and (3) assigning the available FCH/RCH resources to the selected terminals.
- Controller 830 may further use information (e.g., steering vectors) obtained from the uplink transmission for the processing of the downlink transmission, as described below.
- Controllers 830 and 880 control the operation of various processing units at the access point and the user terminal, respectively.
- controller 830 may determine the payload size of each data packet sent on the downlink and select OFDM symbols of the proper sizes for each downlink data packet.
- controller 880 may determine the payload size of each data packet sent on the uplink and select OFDM symbols of the proper-sizes for each uplink data packet.
- the OFDM symbol size selection may be performed for the downlink and uplink in various manners.
- controller 830 and/or scheduler 834 determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for both the downlink and uplink.
- the controller at the transmitter determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for transmission.
- the OFDM symbol size selection may then be provided to the receiver (e.g., via signaling on an overhead channel or signaling within the transmission itself).
- the controller at the receiver determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for transmission, and the OFDM symbol size selection is provided to the transmitter.
- the OFDM symbol size selection may be provided in various forms.
- the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for a given transmission may be derived from scheduling information for that transmission, which may include, for example, the transmission mode, spatial channels, rate, and time interval to use for the transmission.
- the scheduling information may be generated by controller 830 and/or scheduler 834 , the controller at the transmitter, or the controller at the receiver.
- the specific combination of large and small OFDM symbols to use for each data packet is dependent on the packet payload size and the OFDM symbol capacity for each of the available OFDM symbol sizes.
- the modulation and coding scheme allows M information bits to be sent per modulation symbol.
- the data packet be N P bits in length.
- the controller computes two intermediate values, l and m, as follows:
- the “int” operation on a provides the integer value of a
- Controllers 830 and 880 provide the OFDM symbol size control signals to modulators/demodulators 822 and 854 , respectively.
- the OFDM symbol size control signal is used by the modulators to determine the size of the IFFT operations for downlink transmission, and is also used by the demodulators to determine the size of the FFT operations for uplink transmission.
- the OFDM symbol size control signal is used by the demodulator(s) to determine the size of the FFT operations for downlink transmission, and is also used by the modulator(s) to determine the size of the IFFT operations for uplink transmission.
- Memory units 832 and 882 store data and program codes used by controllers 830 and 880 , respectively.
- FIG. 9A shows a block diagram of an embodiment of a transmitter unit 900 that may be used for the transmitter portion of the access point and the user terminal.
- a framing unit 910 “frames” the data for each packet to be transmitted on the FCH or RCH.
- the framing may be performed as illustrated in FIG. 7 to provide one or more PHY frames for each user data packet.
- the framing may be omitted for other transport channels.
- a scrambler 912 then scrambles the framed/unframed data for each transport channel to randomize the data.
- An encoder 914 then codes the scrambled data in accordance with a selected coding scheme to provide code bits.
- the encoding increases the reliability of the data transmission.
- a repeat/puncture unit 916 then either repeats or punctures (i.e., deletes) some of the code bits to obtain the desired code rate for each PHY frame.
- encoder 914 is a rate 1 ⁇ 2 constraint length 7, binary convolutional encoder.
- a code rate of 1 ⁇ 4 may be obtained by repeating each code bit once.
- Code rates greater than 1 ⁇ 2 may be obtained by deleting some of the code bits from encoder 914 .
- An interleaver 918 then interleaves (i.e., reorders) the code bits from unit 916 based on a particular interleaving scheme.
- the interleaving provides time, frequency, and/or spatial diversity for the code bits.
- each group of 48 consecutive code bits to be transmitted on a given spatial channel is interleaved across the 48 data subbands for the short OFDM symbol to provide frequency diversity.
- the 48 code bits in each group may be assigned indices of 0 through 47. Each code bit index is associated with a respective short OFDM subband.
- Table 3 shows an exemplary code bit-subband assignment that may be used for the interleaving. All code bits with a particular index are transmitted on the associated subband. For example, the first code bit (with index 0) in each group is transmitted on short OFDM subband ⁇ 26, the second code bit (with index 1) is transmitted on subband 1, and so on.
- each group of 192 consecutive code bits to be transmitted on a given spatial channel is interleaved across the 192 data subbands for the long OFDM symbol.
- the same interleaving scheme is thus essentially used for both the short and long OFDM symbols.
- a symbol mapping unit 920 maps the interleaved data in accordance with one or more modulation schemes to provide modulation symbols. As shown in Table 1, the specific modulation scheme to use is dependent on the selected rate. The same modulation scheme is used for all data subbands in the diversity mode. A different modulation scheme may be used for each spatial channel in the spatial multiplexing mode.
- the symbol mapping may be achieved by (1) grouping sets of B bits to form B-bit binary values, where B ⁇ 1, and (2) mapping each B-bit binary value to a point in a signal constellation corresponding to the selected modulation scheme.
- Symbol mapping unit 920 provides a stream of modulation symbols to TX spatial processor 920 .
- TX spatial processor 820 receives the modulation symbols from TX data processor 810 and performs spatial processing for the spatial multiplexing, beam-steering, or diversity mode. The spatial processing is described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. TX spatial processor 820 provides one stream of transmit symbols to each of N ap modulators 822 a through 822 ap.
- FIG. 9B shows a block diagram of an embodiment of a modulator 822 x , which may be used for each of modulators 822 a through 822 ap in FIG. 9A.
- Modulator 822 x includes an OFDM modulator 930 coupled to a transmitter unit (TMTR) 940 .
- OFDM modulator 930 includes a variable-size IFFT unit 932 coupled to a cyclic prefix generator 934 .
- IFFT unit 932 may be implemented with IFFT unit 400 shown in FIG. 4.
- IFFT unit 932 performs N-point IFFTs on the stream of transmit symbols provided to modulator 822 x , where N is variable and determined by the OFDM symbol size control signal provided by controller 830 .
- controller 830 may select the small OFDM symbol size for the BCH and FCCH segments (as shown in FIG. 6) and may select a combination of the small and large OFDM symbol sizes for the FCH segment, as described above.
- Cyclic prefix generator 934 appends a cyclic prefix to each transformed symbol from IFFT unit 932 .
- the output of cyclic prefix generator 934 is a stream of OFDM symbols having varying sizes, as determined by controller 830 .
- Transmitter unit 940 converts the stream of OFDM symbols into one or more analog signals, and further amplifies, filters, and frequency upconverts the analog signals to generate a downlink signal suitable for transmission from an associated antenna 824 .
- pilots may be transmitted to support various functions, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on.
- Table 4 lists four types of pilot and their short description.
- Beacon Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas and used for timing and frequency acquisition.
- MIMO Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas with different orthogonal codes and used for channel estimation.
- Steered Reference A pilot transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO channel for a specific user terminal and used for channel estimation and possibly rate control.
- Carrier Pilot A pilot used for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
- the receiver may then perform singular value decomposition of the channel response matrix H(k) for each subband, as follows:
- U(k) is an (N T ⁇ N R ) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of H(k);
- ⁇ (k) is an (N R ⁇ N T ) diagonal matrix of singular values of H(k);
- V(k) is an (N T ⁇ N T ) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of H(k);
- H denotes the conjugate transpose
- N T denotes the number of transmit antennas
- N R denotes the number of receive antennas.
- I is the identity matrix.
- the singular values in each diagonal matrix ⁇ (k) may be ordered from largest to smallest, and the columns in the matrices U(k) and V(k) may be ordered correspondingly.
- a “wideband” eigenmode may be defined as the set of same-order eigenmodes of all subbands after the ordering.
- wideband eigenmode m includes eigenmode m of all subbands.
- Each wideband eigenmode is associated with a respective set of eigenvectors for all of the subbands.
- the “principal” wideband eigenmode is the one associated with the largest singular value in each matrix ⁇ (k) after the ordering.
- the channel response matrix for one link is the transpose of the channel response matrix for the other link.
- Calibration may be performed to account for differences in the frequency responses of the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal.
- a steered reference may be sent by a transmitter and used by a receiver to estimate the eigenvectors that may be used for spatial processing for data reception and transmission.
- a steered reference may be transmitted for wideband eigenmode m by a transmitter (e.g., a user terminal), as follows:
- x m (k) is an (N T ⁇ 1) transmit vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m;
- v m (k) is the steering vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m (i.e., the m-th column of the matrix V(k);
- p(k) is the pilot symbol for subband k.
- the vector X m (k) includes N T transmit symbols to be sent from the N T transmit antennas for subband k.
- r m (k) is a received vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m
- u m (k) is the steering vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m (i.e., the m-th column of the matrix U(k);
- ⁇ m (k) is the singular value for subband k of wideband eigenmode m
- n(k) is the noise.
- the received steered reference (in the absence of noise) is approximately u m (k) ⁇ m (k)p(k).
- the receiver can thus obtain estimates of u m (k) and ⁇ m (k) for subband k based on the steered reference received on that subband, as described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- the steered reference is sent for one wideband eigenmode in each OFDM symbol period (without subband multiplexing), and may in turn be used to obtain an estimate of one eigenvector u m (k) for each subband of that wideband eigenmode. Since estimates of multiple eigenvectors for the unitary matrix U(k) are obtained over different OFDM symbol periods, and due to noise and other sources of degradation in the wireless channel, the estimated eigenvectors for the unitary matrix (which are individually derived) are not likely to be orthogonal to one another.
- N C estimated eigenvectors u m (k) of each unitary matrix U(k) may be forced to be orthogonal to each other using QR factorization or some other orthogonalization technique, as described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/438,601.
- the steered reference may be sent using the short OFDM symbol.
- the receiver is able to process the received steered reference to obtain a steering vector for each short OFDM subband that was used for steered reference transmission.
- each short OFDM subband is associated with four long OFDM subbands. If the steered reference is sent using the short OFDM symbol, then the steering vectors for the long OFDM subbands may be obtained in various manners.
- This embodiment provides good performance for low to moderate SNRs. For high SNRs, some degradation is observed when the coherence bandwidth of the channel is small.
- the coherence bandwidth is the bandwidth over which the channel is essentially constant or flat.
- the steering vectors u m (k) obtained for the short OFDM subbands are interpolated to obtain the steering vectors u m (f) for the long OFDM subbands.
- the interpolation may be performed in a manner such that the steering vectors u m (l) do not exhibit substantially more variability from subband to subband than the underlying channel response matrix H(k).
- One source of variability is phase ambiguity in the left and right eigenvectors of H(k), which results from the fact that the left and right eigenvectors of H(k) are unique up to a unit length complex constant.
- any other pair of unit length vectors e j ⁇ v m (k) and e j ⁇ u m (k) also satisfy the equation.
- This phase ambiguity may be avoided by taking some precautions in the computation of the singular value decomposition of H(k). This may be achieved by constraining the solution to the singular value decomposition so that the first element in each column of V(k) is non-negative. This constraint eliminates arbitrary phase rotations from subband to subband when the variations in the eigenvectors are otherwise smooth and the magnitude of the leading element of the eigenvector is not close to zero. This constraint may be enforced by post-multiplying a diagonal matrix R(k) with each of the unitary matrices U(k) and V(k), which may be obtained in the normal manner and may contain arbitrary phase rotations.
- the diagonal elements ⁇ i (k) of the matrix R(k) may be expressed as:
- v 1,i (k) is the first element of the i-th column of V(k)
- arg ⁇ ( v 1 , i ⁇ ( k ) ) arctan ⁇ ( Re ⁇ ⁇ v 1 , i ⁇ ( k ) ⁇ Im ⁇ ⁇ v 1 , i ⁇ ( k ) ⁇ ) .
- the constrained eigenvectors in R(k)V(k) may then be used for the steered reference, as shown in equation (5).
- the received vector r m (k) may be processed to obtain estimates of u m (k) and ⁇ m (k), which may be interpolated to obtain estimates of u m (l) and ⁇ m (l), respectively.
- the carrier pilot may be transmitted by the access point and used by the user terminals for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
- the carrier pilot may be transmitted on four short OFDM subbands with indices ⁇ 7, 21 ⁇ , as shown in Table 3.
- the carrier pilot may be transmitted on four long OFDM subbands with indices ⁇ 28, 24 ⁇ , in which case the other 12 long OFDM subbands may be used for data transmission or some other purpose.
- the techniques for using of OFDM symbols of different sizes have been described for the downlink. These techniques may also be used for the uplink.
- a fixed OFDM symbol size may be used for some uplink transmissions (e.g., messages sent on the RACH) and OFDM symbols of different sizes may be used for other uplink transmissions (e.g., data packets sent on the RCH).
- the specific combination of large and small OFDM symbols to use for each uplink data packet may be depending on the packet payload size and may be determined by controller 880 (e.g., based on scheduling information generated by controller 880 or provided by controller 830 and/or scheduler 834 , as described above).
- the techniques described herein for using OFDM symbols of different sizes in OFDM systems may be implemented by various means. For example, these techniques may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination thereof.
- the elements used to implement any one or a combination of the techniques may be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- DSPs digital signal processors
- DSPDs digital signal processing devices
- PLDs programmable logic devices
- FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
- processors controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
- the techniques described herein may be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein.
- the software codes may be stored in a memory unit (e.g., memory units 832 and 882 in FIG. 8) and executed by a processor (e.g., controllers 830 and 880 ).
- the memory unit may be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
- Radio Transmission System (AREA)
Abstract
Techniques to use OFDM symbols of different sizes to achieve greater efficiency for OFDM systems. The system traffic may be arranged into different categories (e.g., control data, user data, and pilot data). For each category, one or more OFDM symbols of the proper sizes may be selected for use based on the expected payload size for the traffic in that category. For example, control data may be transmitted using OFDM symbols of a first size, user data may be transmitted using OFDM symbols of the first size and a second size, and pilot data may be transmitted using OFDM symbols of a third size or the first size. In one exemplary design, a small OFDM symbol is utilized for pilot and for transport channels used to send control data, and a large OFDM symbol and the small OFDM symbol are utilized for transport channels used to send user data.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of provisional U.S. Application Serial No. 60/421,309, entitled “MIMO WLAN System,” filed on Oct. 25, 2002, and provisional U.S. Application Serial No. 60/438,601, entitled “Pilot Transmission Schemes for Wireless Multi-Carrier Communication Systems,” filed on Jan. 7, 2003, both assigned to the assignee of the present application and incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- I. Field
- The present invention relates generally to data communication, and more specifically to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication systems and techniques for providing OFDM symbol sizes to increase wireless efficiency.
- II. Background
- Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication services such as voice, packet data, and so on. These systems may utilize OFDM, which is a modulation technique capable of providing high performance for some wireless environments. OFDM effectively partitions the overall system bandwidth into a number of (NS) orthogonal subbands, which are also commonly referred to as tones, bins, and frequency subchannels. With OFDM, each subband is associated with a respective carrier that may be modulated with data.
- In OFDM, a stream of information bits is converted to a series of frequency-domain modulation symbols. One modulation symbol may be transmitted on each of the NS subbands in each OFDM symbol period (defined below). The modulation symbols to be transmitted on the NS subbands in each OFDM symbol period are transformed to the time-domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to obtain a “transformed” symbol that contains NS samples. The input to an NS-point IFFT is NS frequency-domain values and the output from the IFFT is NS time-domain samples. The number of subbands is determined by the size of the IFFT. Increasing the size of the IFFT increases the number of subbands and also increases the number of samples for each transformed symbol, which correspondingly increases the time required to transmit the symbol.
- To combat frequency selective fading in the wireless channel used for data transmission (described below), a portion of each transformed symbol is typically repeated prior to transmission. The repeated portion is often referred to as a cyclic prefix, and has a length of NCP samples. The length of the cyclic prefix is typically selected based on the delay spread of the system, as described below, and is independent of the length of the transformed symbol. An OFDM symbol is composed of a transformed symbol and its cyclic prefix. Each OFDM symbol contains NS+Ncp samples and has a duration of NS+Ncp sample periods, which is one OFDM symbol period.
- The size of the cyclic prefix relative to that of the OFDM symbol may have a large impact on the efficiency of an OFDM system. The cyclic prefix must be transmitted with each OFDM symbol to simplify the receiver processing in a multipath environment but carries no additional information. The cyclic prefix may be viewed as bandwidth that must be wasted as a price of operating in the multipath environment. The proportion of bandwidth wasted in this way can be computed using the formula
- For example, if Ncp is 16 samples and NS is 64 samples, then 20% of the bandwidth is lost to cyclic prefix overhead. This percentage may be decreased by using a relatively large value of NS. Unfortunately, using a large value of NS can also lead to inefficiency, especially where the size of the information unit or packet to be transmitted is much smaller than the capacity of the OFDM symbol. For example, if each OFDM symbol can carry 480 information bits, but the most common packet contains 96 bits, then packing efficiency will be poor and much of the capacity of the OFDM symbol will be wasted when this common packet is sent.
- Orthogonal frequency division multiple-access (OFDMA) can ameliorate the inefficiency due to excess capacity resulting from the use of a large OFDM symbol. For OFDMA, multiple users share the large OFDM symbol using frequency domain multiplexing. This is achieved by reserving a set of subbands for signaling and allocating different disjoint sets of subbands to different users. However, data transmission using OFDMA may be complicated by various factors such as, for example, different power requirements, propagation delays, Doppler frequency shifts, and/or timing for different users sharing the large OFDM symbol.
- Existing OFDM systems typically select a single OFDM symbol size that is a compromise of various objectives, which may include minimizing cyclic prefix overhead and maximizing packing efficiency. The use of this single OFDM symbol size results in inefficiency due to excess capacity when transmitting packets of varying sizes. There is therefore a need in the art for an OFDM system that operates efficiently when transmitting packets of varying sizes.
- Techniques are provided herein to use OFDM symbols of different sizes to achieve greater efficiency for OFDM systems. These techniques can address both objectives of minimizing cyclic prefix overhead and maximizing packing efficiency. The OFDM symbol sizes may be selected based on the expected sizes of the different types of payload to be transmitted in an OFDM system. The system traffic may be arranged into different categories. For each category, one or more OFDM symbols of the proper sizes may be selected for use based on the expected payload size for the traffic in that category.
- For example, the system traffic may be arranged into control data, user data, and pilot data. Control data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a first size, user data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a second size and the OFDM symbol of the first size, and pilot data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a third size (or the first size). The user data may further be arranged into sub-categories such as, for example, voice data, packet data, messaging data, and so on. A particular OFDM symbol size may then be selected for each sub-category of user data. Alternatively or additionally, the data for each user may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a particular size selected for that user. For improved packing efficiency, OFDM symbols of different sizes may be used for a given user data packet to better match the capacity of the OFDM symbols to the packet payload.
- In general, any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for an OFDM system, and any particular OFDM symbol size may be selected for use. In one illustrative design, a combination of two OFDM symbol sizes are used so as to maximize packing efficiency. In the illustrative design, a small or short OFDM symbol size (e.g., with 64 subbands) is used for pilot and control data. User data may be sent within zero or more OFDM symbols having a large or long OFDM symbol size (e.g., with 256 subbands) and zero or more OFDM symbols having the small OFDM symbol size, depending on the payload size.
- The processing at a transmitter and receiver (e.g., encoding, interleaving, symbol mapping, and spatial processing) may be performed in a manner to account for the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes, as described below. Various aspects and embodiments of the invention are also described in further detail below.
- The features, nature, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the detailed description set forth below when taken in conjunction with the drawings in which like reference characters identify correspondingly throughout and wherein:
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an OFDM modulator;
- FIG. 2 shows OFDM symbols of different sizes and the overhead due to the cyclic prefix;
- FIGS. 3A and 3B show the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes to transmit different types of data;
- FIG. 4 shows an IFFT unit with S stages for generating OFDM symbols of different sizes;
- FIG. 5 shows an illustrative MIMO-OFDM system;
- FIG. 6 shows a frame structure for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system;
- FIG. 7 shows a structure for a data packet and a PHY frame;
- FIG. 8 shows a block diagram of an access point and two user terminals;
- FIG. 9A shows a block diagram of a transmitter unit that may be used for the access point and the user terminal; and
- FIG. 9B shows a block diagram of a modulator within the transmitter unit.
- The word “exemplary” is used herein to mean “serving as an example, instance, or illustration.” Any embodiment or design described herein as “exemplary” is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an
OFDM modulator 100 that may be used in an OFDM system. The data to be transmitted (i.e., the information bits) is typically first encoded in an encoder (not shown) using a particular coding scheme to generate code bits. For example, the encoder (not shown) may utilize a forward error correction (FEC) code such as a block code, convolutional code, or turbo code. The code bits are then grouped into B-bit binary values, where B≧1. Each B-bit value is then mapped to a specific modulation symbol based on a particular modulation scheme (e.g., M-PSK or M-QAM, where M=2B). Each modulation symbol is a complex value in a signal constellation corresponding to the modulation scheme used for that modulation symbol. - For each OFDM symbol period, one modulation symbol may be transmitted on each subband used for data transmission, and a signal value of zero is provided for each unused subband. An inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)
unit 110 transforms the NS modulation symbols and zeros for all NS subbands in each OFDM symbol period to the time domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT), to obtain a transformed symbol that comprises NS samples. - A
cyclic prefix generator 120 then repeats a portion of each transformed symbol to obtain a corresponding OFDM symbol that comprises NS+Ncp samples. The cyclic prefix is used to combat frequency selective fading (i.e., a frequency response that varies across the overall system bandwidth), which is caused by delay spread in the system. The delay spread for a transmitter is the difference between the earliest and latest arriving signal instances at a receiver for a signal transmitted by that transmitter. The delay spread of the system is the expected worst-case delay spread for all transmitters and receivers in the system. The frequency selective fading causes inter-symbol interference (ISI), which is a phenomenon whereby each symbol in a received signal acts as distortion to subsequent symbols in the received signal. The ISI distortion degrades performance by impacting the ability to correctly detect the received symbols. To effectively combat ISI, the length of the cyclic prefix is typically selected based on the delay spread of the system such that the cyclic prefix contains a significant portion of all multipath energies. The cyclic prefix represents a fixed overhead of Ncp samples for each OFDM symbol. - FIG. 2 illustrates OFDM symbols of different sizes including the fixed overhead due to the cyclic prefix. For a given system bandwidth of W MHz, the size or duration of an OFDM symbol is dependent on the number of subbands. If the system bandwidth is divided into N subbands with the use of an N-point IFFT, then the resulting transformed symbol comprises N samples and spans N sample periods or N/W μsec. As shown in FIG. 2, the system bandwidth may also be divided into 2N subbands with the use of a 2N-point IFFT. In this case, the resulting transformed symbol would comprise 2N samples,
span 2N sample periods, and have approximately twice the data-carrying capacity of the transformed symbol with N samples. Similarly, FIG. 2 also shows how the system bandwidth may be divided into 4N subbands with the use of a 4N-point IFFT. The resulting transformed symbol would then comprise 4N samples and have approximately four times the data-carrying capacity of the transformed symbol with N samples. - As illustrated in FIG. 2, since the cyclic prefix is a fixed overhead, it becomes a smaller percentage of the OFDM symbol as the symbol size increases. Viewed another way, only one cyclic prefix is needed for the transformed symbol of
size 4N, whereas four cyclic prefixes are needed for the equivalent four transformed symbols of size N. The amount of overhead for the cyclic prefixes may then be reduced by 75% by the use of the large OFDM symbol ofsize 4N. (The terms “large” and “long” are used interchangeably herein for OFDM symbols, and the terms “small” and “short” are also used interchangeably.) FIG. 2 indicates that improved efficiency (from the cyclic prefix standpoint) may be attained by using an OFDM symbol with the largest size possible. The largest OFDM symbol that may be used is typically constrained by the coherence time of the wireless channel, which is the time over which the wireless channel is essentially constant. - The use of the largest possible OFDM symbol may be inefficient from other standpoints. In particular, if the data-carrying capacity of the OFDM symbol is much greater than the size of the payload to be sent, then the remaining excess capacity of the OFDM symbol will go unused. This excess capacity of the OFDM symbol represents inefficiency. If the OFDM symbol is too large, then the inefficiency due to excess-capacity may be greater than the inefficiency due to the cyclic prefix.
- In an illustrative OFDM system, both types of inefficiency are minimized by using OFDM symbols of different sizes. The OFDM symbol sizes used to transmit a unit of data may be selected from a set of available OFDM symbol sizes, which may in turn be selected based on the expected sizes of the different types of payload to be transmitted in the OFDM system. The system traffic may be arranged into different categories. For each category, one or more OFDM symbols of the proper sizes may be selected for use based on the expected payload size for the traffic in that category and possibly other considerations (e.g., implementation complexity). An OFDM symbol may be viewed as a boxcar that is used to send data. One or more boxcars of the proper sizes may be selected for each category of data depending on the amount of data expected to be sent for that category. A unit of data may be sent using multiple boxcars having identical sizes or having varying sizes. For example, if a unit of data consumes 2.1 times the capacity of a “large” boxcar, then the unit of data may be sent using two “large” boxcars and one “small” boxcar.
- As an example, the system traffic may be divided into three basic categories—control data, user data, and pilot data. Control data typically constitutes a small fraction (e.g., less than 10%) of the total system traffic and is usually sent in smaller blocks. User data constitutes the bulk of the system traffic. To minimize cyclic prefix overhead and maximize packing efficiency, a short OFDM symbol may be used to send control data and pilot, and a combination of long OFDM symbols and short OFDM symbols may be used to send user data.
- FIG. 3A shows the use of OFDM symbols of different sizes to transmit different types of data in an OFDM system. For simplicity, only one OFDM symbol size is used for each category and type of data in FIG. 3A. In general, any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for each category and type of data.
- As shown in FIG. 3A, pilot data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size NSa, control data may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size NSb, and different types of user data (or data for different users) may be transmitted using OFDM symbols of sizes NSc through NSq. The user data may be further arranged into sub-categories such as, for example, voice data, packet data, messaging data, and so on. A suitable OFDM symbol size may then be selected for each sub-category of user data. Alternatively, the data for each user may be transmitted using an OFDM symbol of a suitable size for that user. The OFDM symbol size for a particular user may be selected based on various considerations such as, for example, the amount of data to transmit, the coherence time of the wireless channel for the user, and so on.
- In general, any number of OFDM symbol sizes may be used for the OFDM system, and any particular OFDM symbol size may be selected for use. Typically, the minimum OFDM symbol size is dictated by the cyclic prefix overhead and the maximum OFDM symbol size is dictated by the coherence time of the wireless channel. For practical considerations, OFDM symbol sizes that are powers of two (e.g., 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, and so on) are normally selected for use because of the ease in transforming between the time and frequency domains with the IFFT and fast Fourier Transform (FFT) operations.
- FIG. 3A shows the transmission of different types of data in different time segments in a time division multiplexed (TDM) manner. Each frame (which is of a particular time duration) is partitioned into multiple time segments. Each time segment may be used to transmit data of a particular type. The different types of data may also be transmitted in other manners, and this is within the scope of the invention. For example, the pilot and control data may be transmitted on different sets of subbands in the same time segment. As another example, all user data may be transmitted in one time segment for each frame.
- For a TDM frame structure, such as the one shown in FIG. 3A, the particular OFDM symbol size to use for each time segment may be determined by various manners. In one embodiment, the OFDM symbol size to use for each time segment is fixed and known a priori by both the transmitters and receivers in the OFDM system. In another embodiment, the OFDM symbol size for each time segment may be configurable and indicated, for example, by signaling sent for each frame. In yet another embodiment, the OFDM symbol sizes for some time segments (e.g., for the pilot and control data) may be fixed and the OFDM symbol sizes for other time segments (e.g., for the user data) may be configurable. In the latter configuration, the transmitter may use the fixed-symbol-size control data channel to transmit the OFDM symbol sizes to be used in subsequent user-data OFDM symbols.
- FIG. 3B shows the use of two different OFDM symbol sizes of N and 4N for different types of data. In this embodiment, each frame is partitioned into three time segments for pilot, control data, and user data. Pilot and control data are transmitted using an OFDM symbol of size N, and user data is transmitted using an OFDM symbol of
size 4N and the OFDM symbol of size N. One or multiple OFDM symbols of size N may be transmitted for each of the time segments for pilot and control data. Zero or multiple OFDM symbols ofsize 4N and zero or multiple OFDM symbols of size N may be transmitted for the time segment for user data. - FIG. 4 shows an embodiment of a variable-
size IFFT unit 400 capable of generating OFDM symbols of different sizes.IFFT unit 400 includes S stages, where S=log2Nmax and Nmax is the size of the largest OFDM symbol to be generated. The modulation symbols for each OFDM symbol period are provided to a zero insertion andsorting unit 410, which sorts the modulation symbols, for example in bit-reversed order, and inserts an appropriate number of zeros when a smaller OFDM symbol is being generated.Unit 410 provides Nmax sorted modulation symbols and zeros to afirst butterfly stage 420 a, which performs a set of butterfly computations for 2-point inverse discrete Fourier transforms (DFTs). The outputs fromfirst butterfly stage 420 a are then processed by each of subsequent butterfly stages 420 b through 420 s. Each butterfly stage 420 performs a set of butterfly operations with a set of coefficients applicable for that stage, as is known in the art. - The outputs from
last butterfly stage 420 s are provided to aselector unit 430, which provides the time-domain samples for each OFDM symbol. To perform an Nmax-point IFFT, all butterfly stages are enabled and Nmax samples are provided byselector unit 430. To perform an Nmax/2-point IFFT, all but thelast butterfly stage 420 s are enabled and Nmax/2 samples are provided byselector unit 430. To perform an Nmax/4-point IFFT, all but the last twobutterfly stages selector unit 430. Acontrol unit 440 receives an indication of the particular OFDM symbol size to use for the current OFDM symbol period and provides the control signals forunits -
IFFT unit 400 may implement a decimation-in-time or a decimation-in-frequency IFFT algorithm. Moreover,IFFT unit 400 may implement radix-4 or radix-2 IFFT, although radix-4 IFFT may be more efficient.IFFT unit 400 may be designed to include one or multiple butterfly computation units. At the extremes, one butterfly computation unit may be used for a time-shared IFFT implementation, and Nmax/radix butterfly computation units may be used for a fully parallel IFFT implementation. Typically, the number of butterfly computation units required is determined by the clock speed for these units, the OFDM symbol rate, and the maximum IFFT size. Proper control of these butterfly computation units in conjunction with memory management allow IFFT of different sizes to be performed using a single IFFT unit. - As described above in FIG. 1, a
cyclic prefix generator 120 repeats a portion of each transformed symbol output byselector unit 430 to provide a cyclic prefix for each OFDM symbol. The same cyclic prefix length may be used for OFDM symbols of different sizes and may be selected based on the delay spread of the system as described above. The cyclic prefix length may also be configurable. For example, the cyclic prefix length used for each receiver may be selected based on the delay spread of the receiver, which may be shorter than the delay spread of the system. The configured cyclic prefix length may be signaled to the receiver or made known to the receiver by some other means. - OFDM symbols of different sizes may be advantageously used in various types of OFDM systems. For example, multiple OFDM symbol sizes may be used for (1) single-input single-output OFDM systems that use a single antenna for transmission and reception, (2) multiple-input single-output OFDM systems that use multiple antennas for transmission and a single antenna for reception, (3) single-input multiple-output OFDM systems that use a single antenna for transmission and multiple antennas for reception, and (4) multiple-input multiple-output OFDM systems (i.e., MIMO-OFDM systems) that use multiple antennas for transmission and reception. Multiple OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for (1) frequency division duplexed (FDD) OFDM systems that use different frequency bands for the downlink and uplink, and (2) time division duplexed (TDD) OFDM systems that use one frequency band for both the downlink and uplink in a time-shared manner.
- The use of OFDM symbols of different sizes in an exemplary TDD MIMO-OFDM system is described below.
- FIG. 5 shows an exemplary MIMO-
OFDM system 500 with a number of access points (APs) 510 that support communication for a number of user terminals (UTs) 520. For simplicity, only twoaccess points User terminals 520 may be dispersed throughout the system. Each user terminal may be a fixed or mobile terminal and may communicate with one or possibly multiple access points on the downlink and/or uplink at any given moment. The downlink (i.e., forward link) refers to the communication link from the access point to the user terminal, and the uplink (i.e., reverse link) refers to the communication link from the user terminal to the access point. - In FIG. 5,
access point 510 a communicates withuser terminals 520 a through 520 f, andaccess point 510 b communicates with user terminals 520 f through 520 k. Asystem controller 530 couples to access points 510 and may be designed to perform a number of functions such as (1) coordination and control for the access points coupled to it, (2) routing of data among these access points, and (3) access and control of communication with the user terminals served by these access points. - FIG. 6 shows an
exemplary frame structure 600 that may be used for MIMO-OFDM system 500. Data transmission occurs in units of TDD frames, each of which spans a particular time duration (e.g., 2 msec). Each TDD frame is partitioned into a downlink phase and an uplink phase, and each downlink or uplink phase is further partitioned into multiple segments for multiple transport channels. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the downlink transport channels include a broadcast channel (BCH), a forward control channel (FCCH), and a forward channel (FCH), and the uplink transport channels include a reverse channel (RCH) and a random access channel (RACH). - On the downlink, a
BCH segment 610 is used to transmit one BCH protocol data unit (PDU) 612, which includes aportion 614 for a beacon pilot, aportion 616 for a MIMO pilot, and aportion 618 for a BCH message. The BCH message carries system parameters for the user terminals in the system. AnFCCH segment 620 is used to transmit one FCCH PDU, which carries assignments for downlink and uplink resources and other signaling for the user terminals. AnFCH segment 630 is used to transmit one or more FCH PDUs 632 on the downlink. Different types of FCH PDU may be defined. For example, anFCH PDU 632 a includes aportion 634 a for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and aportion 636 a for a data packet. The pilot portion is also referred to as a “preamble”. AnFCH PDU 632 b includes asingle portion 636 b for a data packet. The different types of pilots (beacon pilot, MIMO pilot, and steered reference) are described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. - On the uplink, an
RCH segment 640 is used to transmit one or more RCH PDUs 642 on the uplink. Different types of RCH PDU may also be defined. For example, anRCH PDU 642 a includes asingle portion 646 a for a data packet. AnRCH PDU 642 b includes aportion 644 b for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and aportion 646 b for a data packet. AnRACH segment 650 is used by the user terminals to gain access to the system and to send short messages on the uplink. AnRACH PDU 652 may be sent inRACH segment 650 and includes aportion 654 for a pilot (e.g., a steered reference) and aportion 656 for a message. - The durations of the portions and segments are not drawn to scale in FIG. 6. The frame structure and transport channels shown in FIG. 6 are described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- Since different transport channels may be associated with different types of data, a suitable OFDM symbol size may be selected for use for each transport channel. If a large amount of data is expected to be transmitted on a given transport channel, then a large OFDM symbol may be used for that transport channel. The cyclic prefix would then represent a smaller percentage of the large OFDM symbol, and greater efficiency may be achieved. Conversely, if a small amount of data is expected to be transmitted on a given transport channel, than a small OFDM symbol may be used for that transport channel. Even though the cyclic prefix represents a larger percentage of the small OFDM symbol, greater efficiency may still be achieved by reducing the amount of excess capacity.
- Thus, to attain higher efficiency, the OFDM symbol size for each transport channel may be selected to match the expected payload size for the type of data to be transmitted on that transport channel. Different OFDM symbol sizes may be used for different transport channels. Moreover, multiple OFDM symbol sizes may be used for a given transport channel. For example, each PDU type for the FCH and RCH may be associated with a suitable OFDM symbol size for that PDU type. A large OFDM symbol may be used for a large-size FCH/RCH PDU type, and a small OFDM symbol may be used for a small-size FCH/RCH PDU type.
- For simplicity, an exemplary design is described below using a small OFDM symbol size NS1=64 and a large OFDM symbol size NS2=256. In this exemplary design, the BCH, FCCH, and RACH utilize the small OFDM symbol, and the FCH and RCH utilize both the small and large OFDM symbols as appropriate. Other OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for the transport channels, and this is within the scope of the invention. For example, a large OFDM symbol of size NS3=128 may alternatively or additionally be used for the FCH and RCH.
- For this exemplary design, the 64 subbands for the small OFDM symbol are assigned indices of −32 to +31. Of these 64 subbands, 48 subbands (e.g., with indices of ±{1, . . . , 6, 8, . . . , 20, 22, . . . , 26}) are used for data and are referred to as data subbands, 4 subbands (e.g., with indices of ±{7, 21}) are used for pilot and possibly signaling, the DC subband (with index of 0) is not used, and the remaining subbands are also not used and serve as guard subbands. This OFDM subband structure is described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- The 256 subbands for the large OFDM symbol are assigned indices of −128 to +127. The subbands for the small OFDM symbol may be mapped to the subbands for the large OFDM symbol based on the following:
- l=4k+i Eq(1)
- where k is an index for the subbands in the short OFDM symbol (k=−32, . . . +31);
- i is an index offset with a range of i=0, 1, 2, 3; and
- l is an index for the subbands in the long OFDM symbol (l=−128, . . . +127).
- For this exemplary design, the system bandwidth is W=20 MHz, the cyclic prefix is Ncp1=16 samples for the BCH, FCCH, and RACH, and the cyclic prefix is configurable as Ncp2=8 or 16 for the FCH and RCH. The small OFDM symbol used for the BCH, FCCH, and RACH would then have a size of Nos1=80 samples or 4.0 μsec. If Ncp2=16 is selected for use, then the large OFDM symbol used for the FCH and RCH would then have a size of
N os22=272 samples or 13.6 μsec. - For this exemplary design, the BCH segment has a fixed duration of 80 μsec, and each of the remaining segments has a variable duration. For each TDD frame, the start of each PDU sent on the FCH and RCH relative to the start of the FCH and RCH segments and the start of the RACH segment relative to the start of the TDD frame are provided in the FCCH message sent in the FCCH segment. Different OFDM symbol sizes are associated with different symbol durations. Since different OFDM symbol sizes are used for different transport channels (and different OFDM symbol sizes may also be used for the same transport channel), the offsets for the FCH and RCH PDUs are specified with the proper time resolution. For the exemplary design described above, the time resolution may be the cyclic prefix length of 800 nsec. For a TDD frame of 2 msec, a 12-bit value may be used to indicate the start of each FCH/RCH PDU.
- FIG. 7 illustrates an exemplary structure for a
data packet 636 x that may be sent in an FCH or RCH PDU on the FCH or RCH. The data packet is sent using an integer number of PHY frames 710. Each PHY frame 710 includes a payload field 722 that carries the data for the PHY frame, a CRC field 724 for a CRC value for the PHY frame, and a tail bit field 726 for a set of zeros used to flush out the encoder. Thefirst PHY frame 710 a for the data packet further includes aheader field 720, which indicates the message type and duration. Thelast PHY frame 710 m for the data packet further includes apad bit field 728, which contains zero padding bits at the end of the payload in order to fill the last PHY frame. This PHY frame structure is described in further detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. If one antenna is used for data transmission, then each PHY frame 710 may be processed to obtain one OFDM symbol 750. - The same PHY frame structure may be used for a message sent on the BCH or FCCH. In particular, a BCH/FCCH message may be sent using an integer number of PHY frames, each of which may be processed to obtain one OFDM symbol. Multiple OFDM symbols may be transmitted for the BCH/FCCH message.
- For the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, one PHY frame of data is sent in each OFDM symbol. Different PHY frame sizes may be used for different OFDM symbol sizes. Each PHY frame of data may be coded based on a particular coding scheme and may further include a CRC value that permits individual PHY frames to be checked and retransmitted if necessary. The number of information bits that may be sent in each PHY frame is dependent on the coding and modulation schemes selected for use for that PHY frame. Table 1 lists a set of rates that may be used for the MIMO-OFDM system and, for each rate, various parameters for two PHY frame sizes for two OFDM symbol sizes of NS1=64 and NS2=256.
TABLE 1 Small Large PHY Frame PHY Frame Info Code Info Code Spectral bits/ bits/ bits/ bits/ Efficiency Code Modulation PHY PHY PHY PHY (bps/Hz) Rate Scheme frame frame frame frame 0.25 1/4 BPSK 12 48 48 192 0.5 1/2 BPSK 24 48 96 192 1.0 1/2 QPSK 48 96 192 384 1.5 3/4 QPSK 72 96 288 384 2.0 1/2 16 QAM 96 192 384 768 2.5 5/8 16 QAM 120 192 480 768 3.0 3/4 16 QAM 144 192 576 768 3.5 7/12 64 QAM 168 288 672 1152 4.0 2/3 64 QAM 192 288 768 1152 4.5 3/4 64 QAM 216 288 864 1152 5.0 5/6 64 QAM 240 288 960 1152 5.5 11/16 256 QAM 264 384 1056 1536 6.0 3/4 256 QAM 288 384 1152 1536 6.5 13/16 256 QAM 312 384 1248 1536 7.0 7/8 256 QAM 336 384 1344 1536 - For the exemplary design described above, the small PHY frame and small OFDM symbol are used for the BCH and FCCH. Both small and large PHY frames and small and large OFDM symbols may be used for the FCH and RCH. In general, a data packet may be sent using any number of large OFDM symbols and a small number of small OFDM symbols. If the large OFDM symbol is four times the size of the small OFDM symbol, then a data packet may be sent using NL large OFDM symbols and NSM small OFDM symbols (where NL≧0 and 3≧NSM≧0). The NSM small OFDM symbols at the end of the NL large OFDM symbols reduce the amount of unused capacity. OFDM symbols of different sizes may thus be used to better match the capacity of the OFDM symbols to the packet payload to maximize packing efficiency.
- The OFDM symbol sizes used for data transmission may be provided to a receiver in various manners. In one embodiment, the FCCH provides the start of each data packet transmitted on the FCH and RCH and the rate of the packet. Some other equivalent information may also be signaled to the receiver. The receiver is then able to determine the size of each data packet being sent, the number of long and short OFDM symbols used for that data packet, and the start of each OFDM symbol. This information is then used by the receiver to determine the size of the FFT to be performed for each received OFDM symbol and to properly align the timing of the FFT. In another embodiment, the start of each data packet and its rate are not signaled to the receiver. In this case, “blind” detection may be used, and the receiver can perform an FFT for every 16 samples (i.e., the cyclic prefix length) and determine whether or not a PHY frame was sent by checking the CRC value included in the PHY frame.
- For a given pairing of access point and user terminal in MIMO-
OFDM system 500, a MIMO channel is formed by the Nap antennas at the access point and the Nut antennas at the user terminal. The MIMO channel may be decomposed into NC independent channels, with NC≦min {Nap, Nut}. Each of the NC independent channels is also referred to as an eigenmode of the MIMO channel, where “eigenmode” normally refers to a theoretical construct. Up to NC independent data streams may be sent concurrently the NC eigenmodes of the MIMO channel. The MIMO channel may also be viewed as including NC spatial channels that may be used for data transmission. Each spatial channel may or may not correspond to an eigenmode, depending on whether or not the spatial processing at the transmitter was successful in orthogonalizing the data streams. - The MIMO-OFDM system may be designed to support a number of transmission modes. Table 2 lists the transmission modes that may be used for the downlink and uplink for a user terminal equipped with multiple antennas.
TABLE 2 Transmission modes Description Diversity Data is redundantly transmitted from multiple transmit antennas and subbands to provide diversity. Beam-steering Data is transmitted on a single (best) spatial channel at full power using the phase steering information based on the principal eigenmode of the MIMO channel. Spatial multiplexing Data is transmitted on multiple spatial channels to achieve higher spectral efficiency. - For the beam-steering mode, one PHY frame of a selected rate may be generated for each OFDM symbol period for transmission on the best spatial channel. This PHY frame is initially processed to obtain a set of modulation symbols, which is then spatially processed to obtain NT sets of transmit symbols for NT transmit antennas. The set of transmit symbols for each antenna is further processed to obtain an OFDM symbol for that antenna.
- For the spatial multiplexing mode, up to NC PHY frames of the same or different rates may be generated for each OFDM symbol period for transmission on the NC spatial channels. The up to NC PHY frames are initially processed to obtain up to NC sets of modulation symbols, which are then spatially processed to obtain NT sets of transmit symbols for NT transmit antennas. The set of transmit symbols for each antenna is further processed to obtain an OFDM symbol for that antenna.
- The processing at the transmitter and receiver for the beam-steering and spatial multiplexing modes are described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. The spatial processing for the beam-steering and spatial multiplexing modes is essentially the same for both the short and long OFDM symbols, albeit with more subbands for the long OFDM symbol. The diversity mode is described below.
- In an embodiment, the diversity mode utilizes space-time transmit diversity (STTD) for dual transmit diversity on a per-subband basis. STTD supports simultaneous transmission of independent symbol streams on two transmit antennas while maintaining orthogonality at the receiver.
- The STTD scheme operates as follows. Suppose that two modulation symbols, denoted as s1 and s2, are to be transmitted on a given subband. The transmitter generates two vectors or STTD symbols, x1=[s1 s2*]T and x2=[s2−S1*]T, where each STTD symbol includes two elements, “*” denotes the complex conjugate, and “T” denotes the transpose. Alternatively, the transmitter may generate two STTD symbols, x1=[s1 s2]T and x2=[−s2* s1*]T. In any case, the two elements in each STTD symbol are typically transmitted sequentially in two OFDM symbol periods from a respective transmit antenna (i.e., STTD symbol x1 is transmitted from
antenna 1 in two OFDM symbol periods, and STTD symbol x2 is transmitted fromantenna 2 in the same two OFDM symbol periods). The duration of each STTD symbol is thus two OFDM symbol periods. - It is desirable to minimize the processing delay and buffering associated with STTD processing for the large OFDM symbol. In an embodiment, the two STTD symbols x1 and x2 are transmitted concurrently on a pair of subbands from two antennas. For the two STTD symbols x1=[s1 s2]T and x2=[−s2* s1*]T, the two elements s1 and s2 for the STTD symbol x1 may be transmitted on subband k from two antennas, and the two elements −s2* and s1* for the STTD symbol x2 may be transmitted on subband k+1 from the same two antennas.
- If the transmitter includes multiple antennas, then different pairs of antennas may be selected for use for each data subband in the diversity mode. Table 3 lists an exemplary subband-antenna assignment scheme for the STTD scheme using four transmit antennas.
TABLE 3 Short OFDM Subband TX Bit Indices Ant Index — — — −26 1, 2 0 −25 3, 4 6 −24 1, 3 12 −23 2, 4 18 −22 1, 4 24 −21 1 P0 −20 2, 3 30 −19 1, 2 36 −18 3, 4 42 −17 1, 3 2 −16 2, 4 8 −15 1, 4 14 −14 2, 3 20 −13 1, 2 26 −12 3, 4 32 −11 1, 3 38 −10 2, 4 44 −9 1, 4 4 −8 2, 3 10 −7 2 P1 −6 1, 2 16 −5 3, 4 22 −4 1, 3 28 −3 2, 4 34 −2 1, 4 40 −1 2, 3 46 0 1 3, 4 1 2 1, 2 7 3 2, 4 13 4 1, 3 19 5 2, 3 25 6 1, 4 31 7 3 P2 8 3, 4 37 9 1, 2 43 10 2, 4 3 11 1, 3 9 12 2, 3 15 13 1, 4 21 14 3, 4 27 15 1, 2 33 16 2, 4 39 17 1, 3 45 18 2, 3 5 19 1, 4 11 20 3, 4 17 21 4 P3 22 1, 2 23 23 2, 4 29 24 1, 3 35 25 2, 3 41 26 1, 4 47 - For the embodiment shown in Table 3, transmit
antennas antennas - The processing at the transmitter and receiver for the diversity mode is described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- 1. Physical Layer Processing
- FIG. 8 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of an
access point 510 x and twouser terminals OFDM system 500. - On the downlink, at
access point 510 x, a transmit (TX)data processor 810 receives user data (i.e., information bits) from adata source 808 and control data and other data from acontroller 830 and possibly ascheduler 834. The functions of thecontroller 830 and thescheduler 834 may be performed by a single processor or multiple processors. These various types of data may be sent on different transport channels.TX data processor 810 processes the different types of data based on one or more coding and modulation schemes and provides a stream of modulation symbols for each spatial channel to be used for data transmission. A TXspatial processor 820 receives one or more modulation symbol streams fromTX data processor 810 and performs spatial processing on the modulation symbols to provide one stream of “transmit” symbols for each transmit antenna. The processing byprocessors - Each modulator (MOD)822 receives and processes a respective transmit symbol stream to provide a corresponding stream of OFDM symbols, which is further processed to provide a corresponding downlink signal. The downlink signals from Nap modulators 822 a through 822 ap are then transmitted from Nap antennas 824 a through 824 ap, respectively.
- At each
user terminal 520, one or multiple antennas 852 receive the transmitted downlink signals, and each antenna provides a receiver input signal to a respective demodulator (DEMOD) 854. Each demodulator 854 performs processing complementary to that performed at modulator 822 and provides “received” symbols. A receive (RX) spatial processor 860 then performs spatial processing on the received symbols from all demodulators 854 to provide “recovered” symbols, which are estimates of the modulation symbols sent by the access point. - An RX data processor870 receives and demultiplexes the recovered symbols into their respective transport channels. The recovered symbols for each transport channel may be processed to provide decoded data for that transport channel. The decoded data for each transport channel may include recovered user data, control data, and so on, which may be provided to a data sink 872 for storage and/or a controller 880 for further processing.
- The processing by access point510 and terminal 520 for the downlink is described in further detail below and in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. The processing for the uplink may be the same or different from the processing for the downlink.
- For the downlink, at each
active user terminal 520, RX spatial processor 860 further estimates the downlink channel and provides channel state information (CSI). The CSI may include channel response estimates, received SNRs, and so on. RX data processor 870 may also provide the status of each packet/frame received on the downlink. A controller 880 receives the channel state information and the packet/frame status and determines the feedback information to be sent back to the access point. Controller 880 may further process the downlink channel estimates to obtain steering vectors, which are used to transmit a steered reference to the access point and for spatial processing of downlink data reception and uplink data transmission. The feedback information and uplink data are processed by a TX data processor 890, multiplexed with pilot data and spatially processed by a TX spatial processor 892 (if present), conditioned by one or more modulators 854, and transmitted via one or more antennas 852 back to the access point. - At access point510, the transmitted uplink signal(s) are received by antennas 824, demodulated by demodulators 822, and processed by an RX
spatial processor 840 and anRX data processor 842 in a complementary manner to that performed at the user terminal. The recovered feedback information is then provided tocontroller 830 and ascheduler 834.Scheduler 834 may use the feedback information to perform a number of functions such as (1) selecting a set of user terminals for data transmission on the downlink and uplink, (2) selecting the rates for the selected user terminals, and (3) assigning the available FCH/RCH resources to the selected terminals.Controller 830 may further use information (e.g., steering vectors) obtained from the uplink transmission for the processing of the downlink transmission, as described below. -
Controllers 830 and 880 control the operation of various processing units at the access point and the user terminal, respectively. For example,controller 830 may determine the payload size of each data packet sent on the downlink and select OFDM symbols of the proper sizes for each downlink data packet. Correspondingly, controller 880 may determine the payload size of each data packet sent on the uplink and select OFDM symbols of the proper-sizes for each uplink data packet. - The OFDM symbol size selection may be performed for the downlink and uplink in various manners. In one embodiment,
controller 830 and/orscheduler 834 determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for both the downlink and uplink. In another embodiment, the controller at the transmitter determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for transmission. The OFDM symbol size selection may then be provided to the receiver (e.g., via signaling on an overhead channel or signaling within the transmission itself). In yet another embodiment, the controller at the receiver determines the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for transmission, and the OFDM symbol size selection is provided to the transmitter. The OFDM symbol size selection may be provided in various forms. For example, the specific OFDM symbol sizes to use for a given transmission may be derived from scheduling information for that transmission, which may include, for example, the transmission mode, spatial channels, rate, and time interval to use for the transmission. The scheduling information may be generated bycontroller 830 and/orscheduler 834, the controller at the transmitter, or the controller at the receiver. - For both the downlink and uplink, the specific combination of large and small OFDM symbols to use for each data packet is dependent on the packet payload size and the OFDM symbol capacity for each of the available OFDM symbol sizes. For each data packet, the controller may select as many large OFDM symbols as needed, and where appropriate select one or more additional small OFDM symbols for the data packet. This selection may be performed as follows. Assume that two OFDM symbol sizes are used (e.g., with 64 subbands and 256 subbands), the data carrying capacity of the small OFDM symbol is TSM=48 modulation symbols, and the capacity of the large OFDM symbol is TL=192 modulation symbols. The modulation and coding scheme allows M information bits to be sent per modulation symbol. The capacity of the small OFDM symbol is then CSM=48·M information bits, and the capacity of the large OFDM symbol is CL=192·M information bits. Let the data packet be NP bits in length. The controller computes two intermediate values, l and m, as follows:
- l=int [N P /C L], and Eq (2)
- m=ceiling [(N P −l·C L)/C SM] Eq (3)
- where the “int” operation on a provides the integer value of a, and the “ceiling” operation on b provides the next higher integer value for b. If m<4, then the number of large OFDM symbols to use for the data packet is NL=l and the number of small OFDM symbols to use is NSM=m. Otherwise, if m=4, then the number of large OFDM symbols to use for the data packet is NL=l+1 and the number of small OFDM symbols to use is NSM=0.
-
Controllers 830 and 880 provide the OFDM symbol size control signals to modulators/demodulators 822 and 854, respectively. At the access point, the OFDM symbol size control signal is used by the modulators to determine the size of the IFFT operations for downlink transmission, and is also used by the demodulators to determine the size of the FFT operations for uplink transmission. At the user terminal, the OFDM symbol size control signal is used by the demodulator(s) to determine the size of the FFT operations for downlink transmission, and is also used by the modulator(s) to determine the size of the IFFT operations for uplink transmission.Memory units 832 and 882 store data and program codes used bycontrollers 830 and 880, respectively. - FIG. 9A shows a block diagram of an embodiment of a
transmitter unit 900 that may be used for the transmitter portion of the access point and the user terminal. WithinTX data processor 810, a framingunit 910 “frames” the data for each packet to be transmitted on the FCH or RCH. The framing may be performed as illustrated in FIG. 7 to provide one or more PHY frames for each user data packet. The framing may be omitted for other transport channels. Ascrambler 912 then scrambles the framed/unframed data for each transport channel to randomize the data. - An
encoder 914 then codes the scrambled data in accordance with a selected coding scheme to provide code bits. The encoding increases the reliability of the data transmission. A repeat/puncture unit 916 then either repeats or punctures (i.e., deletes) some of the code bits to obtain the desired code rate for each PHY frame. In an exemplary embodiment,encoder 914 is a rate ½ constraint length 7, binary convolutional encoder. A code rate of ¼ may be obtained by repeating each code bit once. Code rates greater than ½ may be obtained by deleting some of the code bits fromencoder 914. - An
interleaver 918 then interleaves (i.e., reorders) the code bits fromunit 916 based on a particular interleaving scheme. The interleaving provides time, frequency, and/or spatial diversity for the code bits. In an embodiment, each group of 48 consecutive code bits to be transmitted on a given spatial channel is interleaved across the 48 data subbands for the short OFDM symbol to provide frequency diversity. For the interleaving, the 48 code bits in each group may be assigned indices of 0 through 47. Each code bit index is associated with a respective short OFDM subband. Table 3 shows an exemplary code bit-subband assignment that may be used for the interleaving. All code bits with a particular index are transmitted on the associated subband. For example, the first code bit (with index 0) in each group is transmitted on short OFDM subband −26, the second code bit (with index 1) is transmitted onsubband 1, and so on. - For the long OFDM symbol, each group of 192 consecutive code bits to be transmitted on a given spatial channel is interleaved across the 192 data subbands for the long OFDM symbol. In particular, the first subgroup of 48 code bits with indices of 0 through 47 may be transmitted on the 48 data subbands with indices l=4k, where k=±{1 . . . 6, 8 . . . 20, 22 . . . 26}, the second subgroup of 48 code bits with indices of 48 through 95 may be transmitted on the subbands with indices l=4k+1, the third subgroup of 48 code bits with indices of 96 through 143 may be transmitted on the subbands with indices l=4k+2, and the last subgroup of 48 code bits with indices of 144 through 191 may be transmitted on the subbands with indices l=4k+3. The same interleaving scheme is thus essentially used for both the short and long OFDM symbols.
- A
symbol mapping unit 920 then maps the interleaved data in accordance with one or more modulation schemes to provide modulation symbols. As shown in Table 1, the specific modulation scheme to use is dependent on the selected rate. The same modulation scheme is used for all data subbands in the diversity mode. A different modulation scheme may be used for each spatial channel in the spatial multiplexing mode. The symbol mapping may be achieved by (1) grouping sets of B bits to form B-bit binary values, where B≧1, and (2) mapping each B-bit binary value to a point in a signal constellation corresponding to the selected modulation scheme.Symbol mapping unit 920 provides a stream of modulation symbols to TXspatial processor 920. - An exemplary design for framing
unit 910,scrambler 912,encoder 914, repeat/puncture unit 916,interleaver 918, andsymbol mapping unit 920 is described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. The scrambling, coding, and modulation may be performed based on control signals provided bycontroller 830. - TX
spatial processor 820 receives the modulation symbols fromTX data processor 810 and performs spatial processing for the spatial multiplexing, beam-steering, or diversity mode. The spatial processing is described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. TXspatial processor 820 provides one stream of transmit symbols to each of Nap modulators 822 a through 822 ap. - FIG. 9B shows a block diagram of an embodiment of a
modulator 822 x, which may be used for each ofmodulators 822 a through 822 ap in FIG. 9A.Modulator 822 x includes anOFDM modulator 930 coupled to a transmitter unit (TMTR) 940.OFDM modulator 930 includes a variable-size IFFT unit 932 coupled to acyclic prefix generator 934.IFFT unit 932 may be implemented withIFFT unit 400 shown in FIG. 4.IFFT unit 932 performs N-point IFFTs on the stream of transmit symbols provided tomodulator 822 x, where N is variable and determined by the OFDM symbol size control signal provided bycontroller 830. For example,controller 830 may select the small OFDM symbol size for the BCH and FCCH segments (as shown in FIG. 6) and may select a combination of the small and large OFDM symbol sizes for the FCH segment, as described above.Cyclic prefix generator 934 appends a cyclic prefix to each transformed symbol fromIFFT unit 932. The output ofcyclic prefix generator 934 is a stream of OFDM symbols having varying sizes, as determined bycontroller 830.Transmitter unit 940 converts the stream of OFDM symbols into one or more analog signals, and further amplifies, filters, and frequency upconverts the analog signals to generate a downlink signal suitable for transmission from an associated antenna 824. - 2. Pilot
- Various types of pilots may be transmitted to support various functions, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on. Table 4 lists four types of pilot and their short description.
TABLE 4 Pilot Type Description Beacon Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas and used for timing and frequency acquisition. MIMO Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas with different orthogonal codes and used for channel estimation. Steered Reference A pilot transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO channel for a specific user terminal and used for channel estimation and possibly rate control. Carrier Pilot A pilot used for phase tracking of a carrier signal. - A MIMO pilot may be sent by a transmitter (e.g., an access point) with the short OFDM symbol and used by a receiver (e.g., a user terminal) to estimate the channel response matrices H(k), for subband indices kεK, where K=±{1 . . . 26}. The receiver may then perform singular value decomposition of the channel response matrix H(k) for each subband, as follows:
- H(k)=U(k)Σ(k)V H(k), for kεK Eq (4)
- where U(k) is an (NT×NR) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of H(k);
- Σ(k) is an (NR×NT) diagonal matrix of singular values of H(k);
- V(k) is an (NT×NT) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of H(k); and
- “H” denotes the conjugate transpose, NT denotes the number of transmit antennas, and NR denotes the number of receive antennas.
- A unitary matrix M is characterized by the property MHM=I, where I is the identity matrix. The singular values in each diagonal matrix Σ(k) may be ordered from largest to smallest, and the columns in the matrices U(k) and V(k) may be ordered correspondingly.
- A “wideband” eigenmode may be defined as the set of same-order eigenmodes of all subbands after the ordering. Thus, wideband eigenmode m includes eigenmode m of all subbands. Each wideband eigenmode is associated with a respective set of eigenvectors for all of the subbands. The “principal” wideband eigenmode is the one associated with the largest singular value in each matrix Σ(k) after the ordering.
- If the same frequency band is used for both the downlink and uplink, then the channel response matrix for one link is the transpose of the channel response matrix for the other link. Calibration may be performed to account for differences in the frequency responses of the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal. A steered reference may be sent by a transmitter and used by a receiver to estimate the eigenvectors that may be used for spatial processing for data reception and transmission.
- A steered reference may be transmitted for wideband eigenmode m by a transmitter (e.g., a user terminal), as follows:
- x m(k)=v m(k)·p(k), for kεK Eq (5)
- where xm(k) is an (NT×1) transmit vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m;
- vm(k) is the steering vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m (i.e., the m-th column of the matrix V(k); and
- p(k) is the pilot symbol for subband k.
- The vector Xm(k) includes NT transmit symbols to be sent from the NT transmit antennas for subband k.
-
- where rm(k) is a received vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m;
- um(k) is the steering vector for subband k of wideband eigenmode m (i.e., the m-th column of the matrix U(k); and
- σm(k) is the singular value for subband k of wideband eigenmode m; and
- n(k) is the noise.
- As shown in equation (6), at the receiver, the received steered reference (in the absence of noise) is approximately um(k)σm(k)p(k). The receiver can thus obtain estimates of um(k) and σm(k) for subband k based on the steered reference received on that subband, as described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- The steered reference is sent for one wideband eigenmode in each OFDM symbol period (without subband multiplexing), and may in turn be used to obtain an estimate of one eigenvector um(k) for each subband of that wideband eigenmode. Since estimates of multiple eigenvectors for the unitary matrix U(k) are obtained over different OFDM symbol periods, and due to noise and other sources of degradation in the wireless channel, the estimated eigenvectors for the unitary matrix (which are individually derived) are not likely to be orthogonal to one another. To improve performance, the NC estimated eigenvectors um(k) of each unitary matrix U(k) may be forced to be orthogonal to each other using QR factorization or some other orthogonalization technique, as described in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/438,601.
- The steered reference may be sent using the short OFDM symbol. The receiver is able to process the received steered reference to obtain a steering vector for each short OFDM subband that was used for steered reference transmission. For the above exemplary design, each short OFDM subband is associated with four long OFDM subbands. If the steered reference is sent using the short OFDM symbol, then the steering vectors for the long OFDM subbands may be obtained in various manners.
- In one embodiment, the steering vector obtained for short OFDM subband k is used for long OFDM subbands l=4k through l=4k+3. This embodiment provides good performance for low to moderate SNRs. For high SNRs, some degradation is observed when the coherence bandwidth of the channel is small. The coherence bandwidth is the bandwidth over which the channel is essentially constant or flat.
- In another embodiment, the steering vectors um(k) obtained for the short OFDM subbands are interpolated to obtain the steering vectors um(f) for the long OFDM subbands. The interpolation may be performed in a manner such that the steering vectors um(l) do not exhibit substantially more variability from subband to subband than the underlying channel response matrix H(k). One source of variability is phase ambiguity in the left and right eigenvectors of H(k), which results from the fact that the left and right eigenvectors of H(k) are unique up to a unit length complex constant. In particular, for any pair of unit length vectors vm(k) and um(k) that satisfy the following equation:
- H(k)v m(k)=u m(k)σm(k), Eq (7)
- any other pair of unit length vectors ejφvm(k) and ejφum(k) also satisfy the equation.
- This phase ambiguity may be avoided by taking some precautions in the computation of the singular value decomposition of H(k). This may be achieved by constraining the solution to the singular value decomposition so that the first element in each column of V(k) is non-negative. This constraint eliminates arbitrary phase rotations from subband to subband when the variations in the eigenvectors are otherwise smooth and the magnitude of the leading element of the eigenvector is not close to zero. This constraint may be enforced by post-multiplying a diagonal matrix R(k) with each of the unitary matrices U(k) and V(k), which may be obtained in the normal manner and may contain arbitrary phase rotations. The diagonal elements ρi(k) of the matrix R(k) may be expressed as:
- ρi(k)=e −arg(v 1,i (k)), Eq (8)
-
- The constrained eigenvectors in R(k)V(k) may then be used for the steered reference, as shown in equation (5). At the receiver, the received vector rm(k) may be processed to obtain estimates of um(k) and σm(k), which may be interpolated to obtain estimates of um(l) and σm(l), respectively.
- The use of the short OFDM symbol for the MIMO pilot and steered reference reduces the processing load associated with singular value decomposition of the channel response matrices H(k). Moreover, it can be shown that interpolation, with the constraint described above to avoid arbitrary phase rotation from subband to subband, can reduce the amount of degradation in performance due to interpolation of the steering vectors based on steered reference transmission on fewer than all subbands used for data transmission.
- The carrier pilot may be transmitted by the access point and used by the user terminals for phase tracking of a carrier signal. For a short OFDM symbol, the carrier pilot may be transmitted on four short OFDM subbands with indices ±{7, 21}, as shown in Table 3. For a long OFDM symbol, the carrier pilot may be transmitted on the 16 corresponding long OFDM subbands with indices ±{28+i, 84+i}, for i=0, 1, 2, 3. Alternatively, the carrier pilot may be transmitted on four long OFDM subbands with indices ±{28, 24}, in which case the other 12 long OFDM subbands may be used for data transmission or some other purpose.
- The various types of pilots and their processing at the transmitter and receiver are described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
- For simplicity, the techniques for using of OFDM symbols of different sizes have been described for the downlink. These techniques may also be used for the uplink. A fixed OFDM symbol size may be used for some uplink transmissions (e.g., messages sent on the RACH) and OFDM symbols of different sizes may be used for other uplink transmissions (e.g., data packets sent on the RCH). The specific combination of large and small OFDM symbols to use for each uplink data packet may be depending on the packet payload size and may be determined by controller880 (e.g., based on scheduling information generated by controller 880 or provided by
controller 830 and/orscheduler 834, as described above). - The techniques described herein for using OFDM symbols of different sizes in OFDM systems may be implemented by various means. For example, these techniques may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, the elements used to implement any one or a combination of the techniques may be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
- For a software implementation, the techniques described herein may be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein. The software codes may be stored in a memory unit (e.g.,
memory units 832 and 882 in FIG. 8) and executed by a processor (e.g.,controllers 830 and 880). The memory unit may be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art. - Headings are included herein for reference and to aid in locating certain sections. These headings are not intended to limit the scope of the concepts described therein under, and these concepts may have applicability in other sections throughout the entire specification.
- The previous description of the disclosed embodiments is provided to enable any person skilled in the art to make or use the present invention. Various modifications to these embodiments will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other embodiments without departing from the spirit or scope of the invention. Thus, the present invention is not intended to be limited to the embodiments shown herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.
Claims (50)
1. A method of transmitting data in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
transmitting a first block of data in a first OFDM symbol of a first size; and
transmitting a second block of data in a second OFDM symbol of a second size that is different from the first size.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first block of data comprises control data and the second block of data comprises user data.
3. The method of claim 2 , wherein the first size is selected based on an expected payload size for the control data and the second size is selected based on an expected payload size for the user data.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first and second blocks of data are for a data packet.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first block of data is intended for multiple receivers and the second block of data is intended for a single receiver.
6. The method of claim 1 , further comprising:
transmitting a pilot in a third OFDM symbol.
7. The method of claim 6 , wherein the pilot is a steered reference.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein each pair of modulation symbols for the second OFDM symbol is concurrently transmitted on a pair of subbands from two antennas.
9. The method of claim 1 , wherein cyclic prefixes for the first and second OFDM symbols have the same length.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein cyclic prefixes for the first and second OFDM symbols have different lengths.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein the second block of data is coded to obtain an error detection value that is transmitted in the second OFDM symbol.
12. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first and second blocks of data are interleaved with the same interleaving scheme.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first and second sizes are related by a power of two.
14. An apparatus in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
means for transmitting a first block of data in a first OFDM symbol of a first size; and
means for transmitting a second block of data in a second OFDM symbol of a second size that is different from the first size.
15. The apparatus of claim 14 , further comprising:
means for transmitting a pilot in a third OFDM symbol of the first size.
16. A transmitter unit in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
a transmit (TX) data processor operative to process a first block of data to obtain a first set of modulation symbols and to process a second block of data to obtain a second set of modulation symbols; and
a modulator operative to process the first set of modulation symbols to obtain a first OFDM symbol of a first size and to process the second set of modulation symbols to obtain a second OFDM symbol of a second size that is different from the first size.
17. The transmitter unit of claim 16 , wherein the modulator is further operative to process a third set of modulation symbols for a pilot to obtain a third OFDM symbol for the pilot.
18. A method of transmitting data in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
transmitting control data in a first time segment with a first OFDM symbol of a first size; and
transmitting user data in a second time segment with a second OFDM symbol of a second size that is different from the first size.
19. The method of claim 18 , further comprising:
transmitting user data in the second time segment with a third OFDM symbol of a third size that is different from the second size.
20. The method of claim 18 , further comprising:
transmitting a pilot in a third time segment with a third OFDM symbol.
21. The method of claim 18 , wherein the first and second sizes are fixed.
22. The method of claim 18 , wherein the first and second sizes are configurable.
23. A method of receiving data in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
receiving a first OFDM symbol of a first size for a first block of data; and
receiving a second OFDM symbol of a second size for a second block of data, the second size being different from the first size.
24. The method of claim 23 , wherein the first block of data comprises control data and the second block of data comprises user data.
25. The method of claim 23 , wherein the first and second blocks of data are for a data packet.
26. The method of claim 23 , further comprising:
receiving a third OFDM symbol for a pilot.
27. The method of claim 26 , further comprising:
processing the third OFDM symbol to obtain a channel estimate for each of a plurality of subbands.
28. The method of claim 27 , further comprising:
interpolating channel estimates for the plurality of subbands to obtain a channel estimate for an additional subband not among the plurality of subbands.
29. An apparatus in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
means for receiving a first OFDM symbol of a first size for a first block of data; and
means for receiving a second OFDM symbol of a second size for a second block of data, the second size being different from the first size.
30. The apparatus of claim 29 , further comprising:
means for receiving a third OFDM symbol for a pilot; and
means for processing the third OFDM symbol to obtain a channel estimate for each of a plurality of subbands.
31. The apparatus of claim 30 , comprising:
means for interpolating channel estimates for the plurality of subbands to obtain a channel estimate for an additional subband not among the plurality of subbands.
32. A receiver unit in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
a demodulator operative to process a first OFDM symbol of a first size to obtain a first set of received modulation symbols and to process a second OFDM symbol of a second size to obtain a second set of received modulation symbols, wherein the second size is different from the first size; and
a receive (RX) data processor operative to process the first set of received modulation symbols to obtain a first block of data and to process the second set of received modulation symbols to obtain a second block of data.
33. The receiver unit of claim 32 , wherein the demodulator is further operative to process a third OFDM symbol for a pilot to provide a channel estimate for each of a plurality of subbands.
34. The receiver unit of claim 33 , further comprising:
a controller operative to interpolate channel estimates for the plurality of subbands to obtain a channel estimate for an additional subband not among the plurality of subbands.
35. A method of processing a pilot in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIO) orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
receiving a first set of OFDM symbols from a set of antennas for the pilot;
processing the first set of OFDM symbols to obtain a channel response matrix for each of a plurality of subbands; and
decomposing the channel response matrix for each of the plurality of subbands to obtain a unitary matrix of eigenvectors for the channel response matrix, wherein the decomposition is performed in a manner to avoid arbitrary phase rotations from subband to subband.
36. The method of claim 35 , wherein the arbitrary phase rotations from subband to subband are avoided by constraining first element in each column of the unitary matrix to be a non-negative value.
37. The method of claim 36 , further comprising:
generating a steered reference based on a particular column of the unitary matrix for each of the plurality of subbands; and
transmitting a second set of OFDM symbols from the set of antennas for the steered reference.
38. A method of processing a steered reference in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
receiving a set of OFDM symbols from a set of antennas for the steered reference;
processing the set of OFDM symbols to obtain a steering vector for each of a plurality of subbands; and
interpolating steering vectors for the plurality of subbands to obtain a steering vector for an additional subband not among the plurality of subbands.
39. A method of transmitting a data unit having a data unit size in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, the method comprising:
selecting a first OFDM symbol size from a set of OFDM symbol sizes, wherein the set of OFDM symbol sizes comprises a large OFDM symbol size and a small OFDM symbol size that is smaller than the large OFDM symbol size; and
transmitting a first portion of the data unit in an OFDM symbol having the first OFDM symbol size.
40. The method of claim 39 wherein the selecting a first OFDM symbol size is based on the data unit size.
41. The method of claim 39 wherein the data unit has a data unit type, and wherein the selecting a first OFDM symbol size is based on the data unit type.
42. The method of claim 39 further comprising:
selecting a second OFDM symbol size from the set of OFDM symbol sizes; and
transmitting a second portion of the data unit in a second OFDM symbol having the second OFDM symbol size.
43. The method of claim 42 , wherein the first OFDM symbol size is equal to the second OFDM symbol size.
44. The method of claim 42 , wherein the first OFDM symbol size is larger than the second OFDM symbol size.
45. An apparatus in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising
means for selecting a first OFDM symbol size from a set of OFDM symbol sizes, wherein the set of OFDM symbol sizes comprises a large OFDM symbol size and a small OFDM symbol size that is smaller than the large OFDM symbol size; and
means for transmitting a first portion of a data unit in an OFDM symbol having the first OFDM symbol size.
46. The apparatus of claim 45 , further comprising:
means for selecting a second OFDM symbol size from the set of OFDM symbol sizes; and
means for transmitting a second portion of the data unit in a second OFDM symbol having the second OFDM symbol size.
47. The apparatus of claim 45 , wherein the first OFDM symbol size is selected based on a data unit size of the data unit.
48. The apparatus of claim 45 , wherein the first OFDM symbol size is selected based on a data unit type of the data unit.
49. A transmitter unit in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system, comprising:
a controller operative to select a first OFDM symbol size from a set of OFDM symbol sizes, wherein the set of OFDM symbol sizes comprises a large OFDM symbol size and a small OFDM symbol size that is smaller than the large OFDM symbol size; and
a modulator operative to process a first portion of a data unit to obtain an OFDM symbol having the first OFDM symbol size.
50. The transmitter of claim 49 , wherein the controller is further operative to select a second OFDM symbol size from the set of OFDM symbol sizes, and wherein the modulator is further operative to process a second portion of the data unit to obtain a second OFDM symbol having the second OFDM symbol size.
Priority Applications (27)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/375,162 US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-02-25 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
EP11173875A EP2378726A3 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Method and apparatus for singular value decomposition of a channel matrix |
CA2756741A CA2756741C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Ofdm communication system with multiple ofdm symbol sizes |
AU2003284944A AU2003284944C1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
EP03779266A EP1557022A2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
CA2756728A CA2756728C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Ofdm communication system with multiple ofdm symbol sizes |
MXPA05004398A MXPA05004398A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths. |
KR1020057007171A KR100990683B1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
BR0315540-4A BR0315540A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multiport transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
RU2005115879/09A RU2380845C2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Transmission with multiple carriers using multiple sizes of ofdm symbols |
PCT/US2003/033907 WO2004039027A2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
TW092129820A TWI339036B (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Ofdm communication system with multiple ofdm symbol sizes |
UAA200504856A UA84411C2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Transmission with a number of carriers with use of a number of symbol sizes ofdm |
CN2010105559095A CN101997814B (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multi-carrier transmission using multiple symbol lengths |
CN 200910145580 CN101582873B (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multi-mode terminal in a wireless mimo system with spatial multiplexing |
JP2005501686A JP4913406B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multi-carrier transmission using multiple symbol lengths |
CA2501458A CA2501458C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Ofdm communication system with multiple ofdm symbol sizes |
CN2003801050597A CN1757213B (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-27 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
IL167554A IL167554A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-03-20 | Method and apparatus for transmitting data in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) communication system using multiple symbol lengths |
HK11110355.5A HK1156164A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-06-06 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
HK06106442.5A HK1086681A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-06-06 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
HK10104743.0A HK1139250A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-06-06 | Method and apparatus of multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
AU2009202082A AU2009202082B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2009-05-26 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
IL203960A IL203960A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2010-02-14 | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
JP2010030077A JP5096508B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2010-02-15 | Multi-carrier transmission using multiple symbol lengths |
JP2011256173A JP5221743B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2011-11-24 | Multi-carrier transmission using multiple symbol lengths |
US13/920,971 US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-06-18 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US42130902P | 2002-10-25 | 2002-10-25 | |
US43860103P | 2003-01-07 | 2003-01-07 | |
US10/375,162 US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-02-25 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/920,971 Continuation US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-06-18 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20040081131A1 true US20040081131A1 (en) | 2004-04-29 |
Family
ID=32110793
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/375,162 Abandoned US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-02-25 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US13/920,971 Expired - Fee Related US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-06-18 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/920,971 Expired - Fee Related US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-06-18 | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
Country Status (15)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20040081131A1 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2378726A3 (en) |
JP (3) | JP4913406B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100990683B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN101997814B (en) |
AU (2) | AU2003284944C1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0315540A (en) |
CA (3) | CA2756728C (en) |
HK (3) | HK1086681A1 (en) |
IL (2) | IL167554A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA05004398A (en) |
RU (1) | RU2380845C2 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI339036B (en) |
UA (1) | UA84411C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004039027A2 (en) |
Cited By (171)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040174809A1 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2004-09-09 | Gadi Shor | Communication method, system, and apparatus that combines aspects of cyclic prefix and zero padding techniques |
US20040218522A1 (en) * | 2003-04-29 | 2004-11-04 | Sundstrom Kurt E | Dynamic allocation of cyclic extension in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing systems |
US20040228269A1 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2004-11-18 | Jaiganesh Balakrishnan | Multi-band OFDM communications system |
US20050030886A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2005-02-10 | Shiquan Wu | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US20050041830A1 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2005-02-24 | Hiroyuki Takewa | Loudspeaker |
US20050047325A1 (en) * | 2003-08-27 | 2005-03-03 | Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd. | Combined inverse fast fourier transform and guard interval processing for efficient implementation of OFDM based systems |
US20050052991A1 (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-03-10 | Tamer Kadous | Incremental redundancy transmission in a MIMO communication system |
US20050055546A1 (en) * | 2003-09-08 | 2005-03-10 | Abb Research Ltd | Data encryption on the physical layer of a data transmission system |
WO2004112289A3 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2005-03-24 | Texas Instruments Inc | Multi-band-ofdm communications systems |
US20050073976A1 (en) * | 2003-10-01 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for transmitting common data in a mobile communication system |
US20050085196A1 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2005-04-21 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Radio communication device |
US20050084030A1 (en) * | 2003-10-16 | 2005-04-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of transmitting preamble for synchronization in a MIMO-OFDM communication system |
US20050094550A1 (en) * | 2003-10-31 | 2005-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving pilot signals in an OFDM communication system |
US20050099939A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-05-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving pilot signals in an OFDM communication system |
US20050111406A1 (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-05-26 | Nokia Corporation | Multi-user multicarrier allocation in a communication system |
US20050122896A1 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2005-06-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for canceling interference signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system using multiple antennas |
US20050130684A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2005-06-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for assigning channels based on spatial division multiplexing in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with multiple antennas |
US20050154925A1 (en) * | 2003-11-24 | 2005-07-14 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Tokens/keys for wireless communications |
WO2005069836A2 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-08-04 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
US20050197129A1 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2005-09-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for allocating frequency resources based on multiple frequency reuse factors in cellular communication systems |
US20050220199A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Sadowsky John S | OFDM system with per subcarrier phase rotation |
US20050220322A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-10-06 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Watermarks/signatures for wireless communications |
US20050226421A1 (en) * | 2004-02-18 | 2005-10-13 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for using watermarks in communication systems |
US20050288062A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2005-12-29 | Hammerschmidt Joachim S | Method and apparatus for selecting a transmission mode based upon packet size in a multiple antenna communication system |
US20060002487A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Kriedte Kai R | Methods and apparatus for parametric estimation in a multiple antenna communication system |
US20060010189A1 (en) * | 2004-07-12 | 2006-01-12 | Wei-Shun Liao | Method of calculating fft |
US20060031583A1 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2006-02-09 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Communication system, communication method, transmission device, reception device, and control program |
US20060039273A1 (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2006-02-23 | Gore Dhananjay A | Unified pulse shaping for multi-carrier and single-carrier waveforms |
US20060050742A1 (en) * | 2004-08-12 | 2006-03-09 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium |
US20060062317A1 (en) * | 2004-09-18 | 2006-03-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for frequency synchronization in OFDM system |
US20060067415A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-30 | Mujtaba Syed A | Method and apparatus for increasing data throughput in a multiple antenna communication system using additional subcarriers |
US20060133388A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Wang Michael M | Wide area and local network ID transmission for communication systems |
US20060133262A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US20060156009A1 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-13 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
US20060155795A1 (en) * | 2004-12-08 | 2006-07-13 | Anderson James B | Method and apparatus for hardware implementation of high performance fast fourier transform architecture |
US20060205356A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Rajiv Laroia | Methods and apparatus for antenna control in a wireless terminal |
US20060205355A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Rajiv Laroia | Methods and apparatus for transmitting signals facilitating antenna control |
WO2006096886A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Qualcomm Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods for receiving and transmitting signals in a multicarrier system |
US20060221898A1 (en) * | 2003-04-16 | 2006-10-05 | Martin Bossert | Method and transmitter for transmitting data in a multi-carrier system via a number of transmitting antennas |
US20060251193A1 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2006-11-09 | Kopmeiners Robert J | Methods and apparatus for backwards compatible communication in a multiple antenna communication system using time orthogonal symbols |
US20060262759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2006-11-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Separating control and data in wireless networks |
US20060285485A1 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2006-12-21 | Avneesh Agrawal | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US20070002726A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-04 | Zangi Kambiz C | System and method for adapting a cyclic prefix in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
US20070015523A1 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2007-01-18 | Rajat Prakash | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US20070049279A1 (en) * | 2005-08-30 | 2007-03-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for performing a soft handoff in an OFDMA wireless network |
US20070072621A1 (en) * | 2005-09-27 | 2007-03-29 | Mukkavilli Krishna K | Position location using transmitters with timing offset |
US20070069953A1 (en) * | 2005-09-27 | 2007-03-29 | Fuyun Ling | Position location using transmitters with timing offset and phase adjustment |
WO2007051052A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | A method of transmitting and receiving in wireless communication systems |
US20070097935A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Alexei Gorokhov | In-band rate control for an orthogonal frequency division multiple access communication system |
US20070121939A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2007-05-31 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Watermarks for wireless communications |
EP1796316A1 (en) | 2005-12-10 | 2007-06-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method of controlling an action change gap interval in a multi-hop relay cellular network |
US20070133498A1 (en) * | 2003-05-27 | 2007-06-14 | Andrea Nascimbene | Scheduler and method of scheduling data for communication between a node station and plurality of radio terminals |
US20070147226A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-06-28 | Aamod Khandekar | Method and apparatus for achieving flexible bandwidth using variable guard bands |
US20070153734A1 (en) * | 2006-01-03 | 2007-07-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transparent relay in multihop relay broadband wireless access (BWA) communication system |
WO2007091131A1 (en) * | 2005-10-05 | 2007-08-16 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for mimo transmission |
US20070211672A1 (en) * | 2006-02-03 | 2007-09-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for cancelling other cell interference in a wireless communication system |
US20070223366A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | OFDM SYMBOL DESIGN FOR DIFFERENT CHANNEL CONDITIONS AND FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY WITH 1xEV-DO AND NxEV-DO |
US20070263579A1 (en) * | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for ofdm-mimo system |
US20070268812A1 (en) * | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of configuring wireless resource for effective and efficient transmission in a wireless communication system |
US20070280366A1 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2007-12-06 | Turgut Aytur | Channel estimation |
US20070297576A1 (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2007-12-27 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Method and device for controlling channel state information transferred by a first telecommunication device to a second telecommunication device |
US20080009305A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-01-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding Information in Beacon Signals |
US20080014891A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-17 | Hui Jin | Enabling mobile switched antennas |
US20080025251A1 (en) * | 2006-01-06 | 2008-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method of providing relay service in broadband wireless access (BWA) communication system |
US20080051147A1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2008-02-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for allocating resource to mobile station connected to relay station in broadband wireless communication system |
US20080075212A1 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2008-03-27 | Joon-Hwa Chun | Method of initial synchronization of a communication signal |
US20080101310A1 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-05-01 | Thomas Louis Marzetta | MIMO Communication System with Variable Slot Structure |
US20080165866A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Koon Hoo Teo | Cooperative Communication and Shared Handoff among Base, Relay, and Mobile Stations in OFDMA Cellular Networks |
US20080181319A1 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2008-07-31 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing time-frequency diversity in OFDM wireless communication systems |
US20080212461A1 (en) * | 2007-03-01 | 2008-09-04 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Transform-based systems and methods for reconstructing steering matrices in a mimo-ofdm system |
US20080260073A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-10-23 | Hui Jin | Ecoding and decoding methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communication system |
US20080310483A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2008-12-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in mobile communication system |
US20090041137A1 (en) * | 2005-05-04 | 2009-02-12 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for mimo transmission |
US20090060069A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. | Signal transmitting apparatus, method thereof, and inverse fast fourier transform apparatus for signal transmitting apparatus |
US20090080566A1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2009-03-26 | Nortel Networks Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US20090092085A1 (en) * | 2007-10-03 | 2009-04-09 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Telecommunications frame structure accomodating differing formats |
US20090098841A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-04-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting a pilot report (pilotreport) message in wireless communication systems |
US20090109919A1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Pierre Bertrand | Random Access Cyclic Prefix Dimensioning in Wireless Networks |
US20090109950A1 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different types of symbols |
US20090116435A1 (en) * | 2007-11-05 | 2009-05-07 | Havish Koorapaty | Multiple compatible ofdm systems with different bandwidths |
US20090129454A1 (en) * | 2005-05-12 | 2009-05-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
US20090131110A1 (en) * | 2007-11-07 | 2009-05-21 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson(Publ) | Uplink radio frames apportioned for plural multiple access technologies |
KR100900289B1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2009-05-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A method for transmitting and receiving a control channel in the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing system |
US20090149187A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2009-06-11 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Transmitting apparatus and radio resource assignment method |
US20090161616A1 (en) * | 2007-11-07 | 2009-06-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Ranging procedure identification of enhanced wireless terminal |
US20090185476A1 (en) * | 2008-01-16 | 2009-07-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Duration-shortened ofdm symbols |
US20090207926A1 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2009-08-20 | Agere Systems, Inc. | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing using subsymbol processing |
EP2095586A2 (en) * | 2006-11-06 | 2009-09-02 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | Codeword level scrambling for mimo transmission |
US20090239540A1 (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2009-09-24 | Tsuyoshi Yoneta | Method For Reducing Interference Between Adjacent Sectors, And Base Station Apparatus |
US20090252109A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2009-10-08 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method for demodulating broadcast channel by using synchronization channel at ofdm system with transmit diversity and transmitting/receiving device therefor |
US20090274233A1 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2009-11-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for phase tracking in wireless communication systems |
US20100002754A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2010-01-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20100069107A1 (en) * | 2005-03-15 | 2010-03-18 | Murat Mese | Multiple other sector information combining for power control in a wireless communication system |
US20100074205A1 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-25 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transmission of sounding reference signals in tdd communication systems |
US20100098019A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2010-04-22 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US20100098005A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2010-04-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ack/nack signal in mobile communication system |
US20100098020A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2010-04-22 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting downlink control signal |
US20100115153A1 (en) * | 2008-11-05 | 2010-05-06 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Adaptive multi-channel controller and method for storage device |
US7720485B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2010-05-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus related to assignment in a wireless communications system |
US20100142490A1 (en) * | 2006-01-20 | 2010-06-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
US20100202502A1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2010-08-12 | Nortel Networks Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US20100290425A1 (en) * | 2003-12-03 | 2010-11-18 | Zion Hadad | Ofdm communication channel |
US20110009079A1 (en) * | 2004-09-27 | 2011-01-13 | Naoki Okamoto | Radio transmission device |
US20110051672A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2011-03-03 | Dae Won Lee | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
CN102014083A (en) * | 2009-09-08 | 2011-04-13 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method, system and device for channel estimation |
CN102027674A (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2011-04-20 | 爱立信电话股份有限公司 | Technique for controlling a gain of a receiver |
WO2011098298A2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2011-08-18 | Lantiq Deutschland Gmbh | Overlapped frequency bands for multicarrier arrangements |
US20110280181A1 (en) * | 2010-05-17 | 2011-11-17 | Jiann-Ching Guey | Cyclic prefix for non-contiguous signal transmission |
WO2012027596A1 (en) * | 2010-08-25 | 2012-03-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beamforming feedback options for mu-mimo |
CN102378161A (en) * | 2010-08-27 | 2012-03-14 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | User equipment and method for determining TA (Timing Advance) value by using same |
CN102611465A (en) * | 2012-04-07 | 2012-07-25 | 西安电子科技大学 | Coder of structured q-ary irregular repeat-accumulate code and coding method of coder |
US20120201316A1 (en) * | 2011-02-04 | 2012-08-09 | Hongyuan Zhang | Control Mode PHY for WLAN |
US20120294202A1 (en) * | 2010-01-27 | 2012-11-22 | Jin Gon Joung | Method of communication |
US8320301B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US8355313B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-01-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
CN103018721A (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2013-04-03 | 电子科技大学 | Method for generating Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO)-over the horizon (OTH) radar waveform |
US20130107695A1 (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2013-05-02 | Fci Inc. | Odfm receiver |
US8570988B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US20140037291A1 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2014-02-06 | Fujitsu Limited | Butterfly filter coefficient setting method and device, receiver and receiving method |
US8711763B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-04-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access for wireless multiple-access communication systems |
CN103797740A (en) * | 2011-10-24 | 2014-05-14 | Jvc建伍株式会社 | Transmission apparatus, reception apparatus, transmission method, and reception method |
US8750151B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-06-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US20140226597A1 (en) * | 2010-10-29 | 2014-08-14 | Neocific, Inc. | Transmission of synchronization and control signals in a broadband wireless system |
US8837518B2 (en) | 2008-02-17 | 2014-09-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of communication using frame |
US8873365B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-10-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US8896521B2 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2014-11-25 | Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. | Metal-insulator-metal capacitors on glass substrates |
US20150016552A1 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2015-01-15 | Postech Academy - Industry Foundation | Method for cancelling inter-subcarrier interference and apparatus for the same |
US20150049642A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2015-02-19 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized Radio Waveform for Operating in Multiple Wireless Environments |
US20150155982A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2015-06-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Bandwidth signalling |
EP2200201A4 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2015-06-17 | Fujitsu Ten Ltd | Diversity reception device, diversity reception method, and digital television reception device |
US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-10-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US9154273B2 (en) | 2008-12-22 | 2015-10-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for data transmission using a data frame |
US9178745B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2015-11-03 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Control mode PHY for WLAN |
EP2792116A4 (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2015-12-23 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Apparatus and method for transmitting signal in a wireless communication system |
US20160013908A1 (en) * | 2011-04-24 | 2016-01-14 | Broadcom Corporation | Traveling pilots within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications |
US9246728B2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2016-01-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for frequency diversity |
US20160043830A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2016-02-11 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic Configuration of a Flexible Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing PHY Transport Data Frame |
US9312935B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2016-04-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication systems |
US9338792B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2016-05-10 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US9354297B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2016-05-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Position location using phase-adjusted transmitters |
US20160174214A1 (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2016-06-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band |
CN105790819A (en) * | 2014-12-25 | 2016-07-20 | 重庆重邮信科通信技术有限公司 | MIMO signal receiving method and device |
JP2016522614A (en) * | 2013-05-07 | 2016-07-28 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | Method and apparatus for transmitting data units |
US9473269B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US20160381684A1 (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2016-12-29 | Ahmed Gamal Helmy Mohamed | Access point (ap), user station (sta) and method for spatial modulation orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (sm-ofdm) communication |
WO2017011274A1 (en) * | 2015-07-10 | 2017-01-19 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods for resource allocation of an ofdma wlan system |
CN107041004A (en) * | 2015-11-12 | 2017-08-11 | 大众汽车有限公司 | Device, the method and computer program chosen for frequency band |
US9941988B1 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2018-04-10 | Marvell International Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
CN108111272A (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2018-06-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Indicating means, base station and the terminal of reference signal configuration information |
US10033566B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2018-07-24 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
US10033563B2 (en) | 2013-09-10 | 2018-07-24 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Extended guard interval for outdoor WLAN |
US10069666B2 (en) * | 2015-07-20 | 2018-09-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Transceiver architecture that maintains legacy timing by inserting and removing cyclic prefix at legacy sampling rate |
US10079918B2 (en) | 2015-02-17 | 2018-09-18 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Block coding scheme for PHY data unit transmission |
US10084627B2 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2018-09-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency hopping in an SC-FDMA environment |
US10115671B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2018-10-30 | Snaptrack, Inc. | Incorporation of passives and fine pitch through via for package on package |
US10153930B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2018-12-11 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Range extension mode for WiFi |
US10194006B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-01-29 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US10218822B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-02-26 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US20190068419A1 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2019-02-28 | Orange | Method and device for multi-service transmission with fc-ofdm modulation and corresponding receiver |
US10299288B2 (en) | 2008-08-12 | 2019-05-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-carrier grant design |
US10327253B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2019-06-18 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data sending and receiving method and device |
US20190199494A1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2019-06-27 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US10340987B2 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2019-07-02 | Ccip, Llc | Excursion compensation in multipath communication systems with a cyclic prefix |
CN110034916A (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2019-07-19 | 王晓安 | The synchronous method with channel reciprocity calibration of antenna phase based on terminal feedback |
US10411846B1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2019-09-10 | Marvell International Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
US10419262B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2019-09-17 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
CN111157964A (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2020-05-15 | 西安电子科技大学 | Robust broadband frequency domain channel correction method based on singular value decomposition |
US10904058B2 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2021-01-26 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Padding for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a wireless communication system |
US11309998B2 (en) * | 2014-02-03 | 2022-04-19 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Hybrid automatic repeat request for wireless local area network |
US11804870B2 (en) | 2004-01-29 | 2023-10-31 | Neo Wireless Llc | Channel probing signal for a broadband communication system |
US11855818B1 (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2023-12-26 | Marvell Asia Pte Ltd | Adaptive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) numerology in a wireless communication network |
Families Citing this family (55)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR100807466B1 (en) * | 2003-06-18 | 2008-02-25 | 니폰덴신뎅와 가부시키가이샤 | Radio packet communication method |
KR100744336B1 (en) * | 2004-06-18 | 2007-07-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Handover method for ofdm-based wireless communication system |
BRPI0513928A (en) * | 2004-07-29 | 2008-05-20 | Qualcomm Inc | interleaving system and method |
US7366250B2 (en) | 2004-09-09 | 2008-04-29 | Agere Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for improved efficiency in an extended multiple antenna communication system |
US7969858B2 (en) | 2004-10-14 | 2011-06-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless terminal methods and apparatus for use in wireless communications systems supporting different size frequency bands |
US7567502B2 (en) * | 2004-10-14 | 2009-07-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for adjusting bandwidth allocation in a wireless communications system |
US20060176966A1 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-08-10 | Stewart Kenneth A | Variable cyclic prefix in mixed-mode wireless communication systems |
US20060198460A1 (en) * | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Link adaptation for high throughput multiple antenna WLAN systems |
US8031583B2 (en) | 2005-03-30 | 2011-10-04 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reducing round trip latency and overhead within a communication system |
JP4732808B2 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2011-07-27 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Device for generating radio parameter group |
CN101223719A (en) * | 2005-07-14 | 2008-07-16 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Radio communication apparatus and radio communication method in multicarrier communication |
JP4753737B2 (en) * | 2005-07-18 | 2011-08-24 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Wireless device |
US9391751B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2016-07-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for frequency diversity |
US9042212B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2015-05-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for communicating network identifiers in a communication system |
US20070064665A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-22 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for accessing an uplink random access channel in a single carrier frequency division multiple access system |
DE602006009127D1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2009-10-22 | Interdigital Tech Corp | ENTRY FREQUENCY MULTIPLEX ACCESS SYSTEM TO MIMO BEAMING BASE |
JPWO2007037414A1 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2009-04-16 | パナソニック株式会社 | Radio communication mobile station apparatus and RACH data transmission method |
WO2007073116A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method for demodulating broadcast channel by using synchronization channel at ofdm system with transmit diversity and transmitting/receiving device therefor |
KR101218495B1 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2013-01-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | An adaptive channel prediction apparatus and method for uplink pre-equalization in mobile communication system using orthgonal frequncy division multiplexing/time division duplex according to the quantity of downlink channel variation |
CN101106435B (en) * | 2006-07-10 | 2011-08-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | A method for common transfer of multiple pairs and transmission terminal and receiving terminal |
US8400998B2 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2013-03-19 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Downlink control channel signaling in wireless communication systems |
US8355464B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-01-15 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method for generating and transmitting downlink frame |
KR101468490B1 (en) | 2007-05-02 | 2014-12-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control channels by restricting set of the control channels in wireless telecommunication system |
US7885176B2 (en) * | 2007-06-01 | 2011-02-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for mapping modulation symbols to resources in OFDM systems |
US20090074103A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Rate matching to maintain code block resource element boundaries |
US9066264B2 (en) * | 2007-10-01 | 2015-06-23 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Status report triggering in wireless communication system |
JP5490016B2 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2014-05-14 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション | Systems, methods, and computer programs (systems and methods) for determining RFID-tagged items contained within a given area |
JP4465020B2 (en) * | 2008-09-26 | 2010-05-19 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Mobile station and radio base station |
KR101557676B1 (en) * | 2008-10-31 | 2015-10-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Device and method for controlling downlink control information in wireless communication system |
RU2479928C2 (en) * | 2008-11-27 | 2013-04-20 | Эл Джи Электроникс Инк. | Apparatus and method of transmitting data in wireless communication system |
RU2521089C2 (en) * | 2009-03-12 | 2014-06-27 | Панасоник Корпорэйшн | Radio terminal, radio base station, channel signal forming method and channel signal receiving method |
RU2494541C1 (en) | 2009-08-17 | 2013-09-27 | Алькатель Люсент | Method and associated device for maintaining precoding channel coherence in communication network |
US8849354B2 (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2014-09-30 | Fujitsu Limited | Transceiver set assignment scheme for a distributed antenna system |
US9755795B2 (en) * | 2013-12-18 | 2017-09-05 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for WLAN OFDMA design of subcarrier groups and frame format |
US10142067B2 (en) * | 2014-04-16 | 2018-11-27 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Determining a number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a packet |
WO2015162886A1 (en) * | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ | Transmitting apparatus |
EP4297323A3 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2024-04-10 | Atlas Global Technologies LLC | Frame transmitting method and frame receiving method |
AU2015328533B2 (en) * | 2014-10-08 | 2019-11-21 | Atlas Global Technologies LLC. | System and method for synchronization for OFDMA transmission |
US10574410B2 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2020-02-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Transmission and reception in a determined third set of time-frequency resources |
EP3225003B1 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2020-06-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Transmission of a signal according to a single- or multi-carrier modulation scheme |
EP3225004A4 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2018-06-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Using a precoded multi-carrier modulation scheme in a wireless communication network |
US10448391B2 (en) | 2014-11-24 | 2019-10-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and device for transmission and reception of time-frequency resources |
EP3304796B1 (en) * | 2015-06-05 | 2021-07-28 | NXP USA, Inc. | Tone block and spatial stream allocation |
WO2017126074A1 (en) * | 2016-01-21 | 2017-07-27 | 富士通株式会社 | Transmitting device, receiving device, wireless communication system and processing method |
WO2017150813A1 (en) * | 2016-03-02 | 2017-09-08 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting and receiving control channel in wireless communication system and device for supporting same |
EP3429147B1 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2024-01-24 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Information transmission method and device |
KR101883064B1 (en) * | 2016-09-21 | 2018-07-27 | 연세대학교 산학협력단 | Method for generating and trasmitting downlink preamble in wireless communication system |
JP7170636B2 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2022-11-14 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | PT-RS configuration according to scheduling parameters |
US10334515B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2019-06-25 | ENK Wireless, Inc. | Conveying information via auxiliary device selection |
JP2020057825A (en) | 2017-02-02 | 2020-04-09 | シャープ株式会社 | Base station device, terminal device, communication method, and integrated circuit |
JP2018191033A (en) * | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-29 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Wireless transmitter, wireless receiver, and wireless transmission method |
JP6554532B2 (en) * | 2017-12-27 | 2019-07-31 | ▲ホア▼▲ウェイ▼技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. | Data transmission and reception method and device |
CN110086591B (en) * | 2019-05-14 | 2021-10-22 | 鹰潭泰尔物联网研究中心 | Pilot pollution suppression method in large-scale antenna system |
US11502715B2 (en) * | 2020-04-29 | 2022-11-15 | Eagle Technology, Llc | Radio frequency (RF) system including programmable processing circuit performing block coding computations and related methods |
US11411593B2 (en) | 2020-04-29 | 2022-08-09 | Eagle Technology, Llc | Radio frequency (RF) system including programmable processing circuit performing butterfly computations and related methods |
Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5818813A (en) * | 1995-09-06 | 1998-10-06 | Advanced Digital Television Broadcasting Laboratory | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing transmission system and transmitter and receiver adapted to the same |
US6115354A (en) * | 1994-07-20 | 2000-09-05 | Timlar Konle | Multiple carrier transmission in common-wave networks |
US20020181390A1 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2002-12-05 | Mody Apurva N. | Estimating channel parameters in multi-input, multi-output (MIMO) systems |
US20030128656A1 (en) * | 2002-01-07 | 2003-07-10 | Carl Scarpa | Channel estimation and compensation techniques for use in frequency division multiplexed systems |
US20040013084A1 (en) * | 2002-07-18 | 2004-01-22 | Motorola, Inc. | Training prefix modulation method and receiver |
US20040071104A1 (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-04-15 | Commasic, Inc. | Multi-mode method and apparatus for performing digital modulation and demodulation |
US6760882B1 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2004-07-06 | Intel Corporation | Mode selection for data transmission in wireless communication channels based on statistical parameters |
US20040160987A1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2004-08-19 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd | Method and apparatus for setting a guard interval in an OFDM communication |
US6802035B2 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2004-10-05 | Intel Corporation | System and method of dynamically optimizing a transmission mode of wirelessly transmitted information |
US6990059B1 (en) * | 2001-09-05 | 2006-01-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Interference mitigation in a wireless communication system |
US6992972B2 (en) * | 1998-01-06 | 2006-01-31 | Agere Systems Inc. | Frequency division multiplexing system with selectable rate |
Family Cites Families (535)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4679227A (en) | 1985-05-20 | 1987-07-07 | Telebit Corporation | Ensemble modem structure for imperfect transmission media |
CA1261080A (en) | 1985-12-30 | 1989-09-26 | Shunichiro Tejima | Satellite communications system with random multiple access and time slot reservation |
JPH063956Y2 (en) | 1986-03-14 | 1994-02-02 | 松下電工株式会社 | Electric garage door |
US4750198A (en) | 1986-12-12 | 1988-06-07 | Astronet Corporation/Plessey U.K. | Cellular radiotelephone system providing diverse separately-accessible groups of channels |
US4797879A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1989-01-10 | American Telephone And Telegraph Company At&T Bell Laboratories | Packet switched interconnection protocols for a star configured optical lan |
JPH03104430U (en) | 1990-02-14 | 1991-10-30 | ||
IL100213A (en) | 1990-12-07 | 1995-03-30 | Qualcomm Inc | CDMA microcellular telephone system and distributed antenna system therefor |
US5239677A (en) | 1991-07-01 | 1993-08-24 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for initiating communication on an assigned frequency |
IT1250515B (en) | 1991-10-07 | 1995-04-08 | Sixtel Spa | NETWORK FOR LOCAL AREA WITHOUT WIRES. |
US5241544A (en) | 1991-11-01 | 1993-08-31 | Motorola, Inc. | Multi-channel tdm communication system slot phase correction |
US5592490A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1997-01-07 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Spectrally efficient high capacity wireless communication systems |
US6850252B1 (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2005-02-01 | Steven M. Hoffberg | Intelligent electronic appliance system and method |
US5295159A (en) | 1992-04-17 | 1994-03-15 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Coordinated coding for digital transmission |
RU2015281C1 (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1994-06-30 | Борис Михайлович Кондрашов | Locking device |
GB2300337B (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1997-03-26 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Communicat | Digital control channel |
US5404355A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1995-04-04 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Communications, Inc. | Method for transmitting broadcast information in a digital control channel |
DE69327837T2 (en) | 1992-12-01 | 2000-10-12 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., Eindhoven | Subband diversity transmission system |
US5471647A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1995-11-28 | The Leland Stanford Junior University | Method for minimizing cross-talk in adaptive transmission antennas |
US5479447A (en) | 1993-05-03 | 1995-12-26 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford, Junior University | Method and apparatus for adaptive, variable bandwidth, high-speed data transmission of a multicarrier signal over digital subscriber lines |
US5483667A (en) | 1993-07-08 | 1996-01-09 | Northern Telecom Limited | Frequency plan for a cellular network |
DE69423546T2 (en) | 1993-07-09 | 2000-09-21 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., Eindhoven | Telecommunication network, master station and slave station for use in such a network |
ZA946674B (en) | 1993-09-08 | 1995-05-02 | Qualcomm Inc | Method and apparatus for determining the transmission data rate in a multi-user communication system |
US5506861A (en) | 1993-11-22 | 1996-04-09 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Comminications Inc. | System and method for joint demodulation of CDMA signals |
US5418813A (en) | 1993-12-06 | 1995-05-23 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for creating a composite waveform |
US5490087A (en) | 1993-12-06 | 1996-02-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Radio channel access control |
US5422733A (en) | 1994-02-04 | 1995-06-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for facsimile communication of first and second type information with selective call communication systems |
US5491837A (en) | 1994-03-07 | 1996-02-13 | Ericsson Inc. | Method and system for channel allocation using power control and mobile-assisted handover measurements |
US5493712A (en) | 1994-03-23 | 1996-02-20 | At&T Corp. | Fast AGC for TDMA radio systems |
JP3055085B2 (en) | 1994-04-22 | 2000-06-19 | 株式会社アドバンテスト | Digital modulation analyzer |
KR970703088A (en) | 1994-05-02 | 1997-06-10 | 존 에이취. 무어 | Multiple Subchannel Flexible Protocol Method and Apparatus |
US5677909A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1997-10-14 | Spectrix Corporation | Apparatus for exchanging data between a central station and a plurality of wireless remote stations on a time divided commnication channel |
US6157343A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 2000-12-05 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Antenna array calibration |
FR2724084B1 (en) | 1994-08-31 | 1997-01-03 | Alcatel Mobile Comm France | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEM VIA A TIME-VARIED TRANSMISSION CHANNEL, AND RELATED TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION EQUIPMENT |
MY120873A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 2005-12-30 | Qualcomm Inc | Multipath search processor for a spread spectrum multiple access communication system |
US5710768A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1998-01-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method of searching for a bursty signal |
JP3231575B2 (en) | 1995-04-18 | 2001-11-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Wireless data transmission equipment |
KR0155818B1 (en) | 1995-04-29 | 1998-11-16 | 김광호 | Power distribution method and apparatus in multi-carrier transmitting system |
US6018317A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-01-25 | Trw Inc. | Cochannel signal processing system |
US5606729A (en) | 1995-06-21 | 1997-02-25 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for implementing a received signal quality measurement in a radio communication system |
US5729542A (en) | 1995-06-28 | 1998-03-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communication system access |
US7929498B2 (en) | 1995-06-30 | 2011-04-19 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Adaptive forward power control and adaptive reverse power control for spread-spectrum communications |
US5638369A (en) | 1995-07-05 | 1997-06-10 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for inbound channel selection in a communication system |
EP0753948B1 (en) | 1995-07-11 | 2006-06-07 | Alcatel | Capacity allocation for OFDM |
GB9514659D0 (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1995-09-13 | Northern Telecom Ltd | An antenna downlink beamsteering arrangement |
US5867539A (en) | 1995-07-21 | 1999-02-02 | Hitachi America, Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for reducing the effect of impulse noise on receivers |
FI98674C (en) | 1995-08-18 | 1997-07-25 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | A method for adjusting the transmission power during connection establishment and a cellular radio system |
GB9521739D0 (en) | 1995-10-24 | 1996-01-03 | Nat Transcommunications Ltd | Decoding carriers encoded using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing |
US6005876A (en) | 1996-03-08 | 1999-12-21 | At&T Corp | Method and apparatus for mobile data communication |
US5699365A (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1997-12-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Apparatus and method for adaptive forward error correction in data communications |
US5924015A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1999-07-13 | Trw Inc | Power control method and apparatus for satellite based telecommunications system |
US5799005A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1998-08-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for determining received pilot power and path loss in a CDMA communication system |
JPH09307526A (en) | 1996-05-17 | 1997-11-28 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Digital broadcast receiver |
EP0807989B1 (en) | 1996-05-17 | 2001-06-27 | Motorola Ltd | Devices for transmitter path weights and methods therefor |
JPH09327073A (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1997-12-16 | N T T Ido Tsushinmo Kk | Method for arranging and transmitting pilot channel in cdma mobile communication system |
US5822374A (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1998-10-13 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for fine gains adjustment in an ADSL communications system |
FI101920B1 (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1998-09-15 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | Channel reservation method for packet network |
US6072779A (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2000-06-06 | Aware, Inc. | Adaptive allocation for variable bandwidth multicarrier communication |
US6798735B1 (en) | 1996-06-12 | 2004-09-28 | Aware, Inc. | Adaptive allocation for variable bandwidth multicarrier communication |
US6097771A (en) | 1996-07-01 | 2000-08-01 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Wireless communications system having a layered space-time architecture employing multi-element antennas |
JPH1028077A (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1998-01-27 | Takuro Sato | Communication equipment |
JPH1051402A (en) | 1996-08-01 | 1998-02-20 | Nec Corp | Reception electric field detection circuit |
US6067292A (en) | 1996-08-20 | 2000-05-23 | Lucent Technologies Inc | Pilot interference cancellation for a coherent wireless code division multiple access receiver |
WO1998009385A2 (en) | 1996-08-29 | 1998-03-05 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Spatio-temporal processing for communication |
JP2001359152A (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2001-12-26 | Sony Corp | Radio communication system and radio base station device and radio mobile station device and radio zone assigning method and radio communication method |
JP2846860B2 (en) | 1996-10-01 | 1999-01-13 | ユニデン株式会社 | Transmitter, receiver, communication system and communication method using spread spectrum communication system |
US6275543B1 (en) | 1996-10-11 | 2001-08-14 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Method for reference signal generation in the presence of frequency offsets in a communications station with spatial processing |
TW496620U (en) | 1996-10-16 | 2002-07-21 | Behavior Tech Computer Corp | Wireless data transmitting apparatus |
US5886988A (en) | 1996-10-23 | 1999-03-23 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Channel assignment and call admission control for spatial division multiple access communication systems |
US6049548A (en) | 1996-11-22 | 2000-04-11 | Stanford Telecommunications, Inc. | Multi-access CS-P/CD-E system and protocols on satellite channels applicable to a group of mobile users in close proximity |
IL130034A (en) * | 1996-11-26 | 2003-04-10 | Trw Inc | Cochannel signal processing system |
US5896376A (en) | 1996-12-13 | 1999-04-20 | Ericsson Inc. | Optimal use of logical channels within a mobile telecommunications network |
US6232918B1 (en) | 1997-01-08 | 2001-05-15 | Us Wireless Corporation | Antenna array calibration in wireless communication systems |
US5912876A (en) * | 1997-01-15 | 1999-06-15 | Ericsson, Inc. | Method and apparatus for channel estimation |
JPH10209956A (en) | 1997-01-28 | 1998-08-07 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Radio packet communication method |
US6128276A (en) | 1997-02-24 | 2000-10-03 | Radix Wireless, Inc. | Stacked-carrier discrete multiple tone communication technology and combinations with code nulling, interference cancellation, retrodirective communication and adaptive antenna arrays |
AU688228B1 (en) * | 1997-02-25 | 1998-03-05 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | A system and method of estimating CIR |
JPH10303794A (en) | 1997-02-27 | 1998-11-13 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Known system detector |
US6084915A (en) | 1997-03-03 | 2000-07-04 | 3Com Corporation | Signaling method having mixed-base shell map indices |
US6175550B1 (en) * | 1997-04-01 | 2001-01-16 | Lucent Technologies, Inc. | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with dynamically scalable operating parameters and method thereof |
KR100267856B1 (en) | 1997-04-16 | 2000-10-16 | 윤종용 | Over head channel management method an apparatus in mobile communication system |
US6308080B1 (en) | 1997-05-16 | 2001-10-23 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Power control in point-to-multipoint systems |
US6347217B1 (en) | 1997-05-22 | 2002-02-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Link quality reporting using frame erasure rates |
US6008760A (en) | 1997-05-23 | 1999-12-28 | Genghis Comm | Cancellation system for frequency reuse in microwave communications |
FR2764143A1 (en) | 1997-05-27 | 1998-12-04 | Philips Electronics Nv | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SYMBOL TRANSMISSION FORMAT IN A TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM |
US6141555A (en) | 1997-06-09 | 2000-10-31 | Nec Corporation | Cellular communication system, and mobile and base stations used in the same |
US5867478A (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1999-02-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Synchronous coherent orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system, method, software and device |
US6067458A (en) | 1997-07-01 | 2000-05-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pre-transmission power control using lower rate for high rate communication |
US6108369A (en) | 1997-07-11 | 2000-08-22 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Channelization code allocation for radio communication systems |
US6333953B1 (en) | 1997-07-21 | 2001-12-25 | Ericsson Inc. | System and methods for selecting an appropriate detection technique in a radiocommunication system |
EP0895387A1 (en) | 1997-07-28 | 1999-02-03 | Deutsche Thomson-Brandt Gmbh | Detection of the transmission mode of a DVB signal |
US6141542A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2000-10-31 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling transmit diversity in a communication system |
CN1086061C (en) | 1997-08-12 | 2002-06-05 | 鸿海精密工业股份有限公司 | Fixture for electric connector |
US6131016A (en) | 1997-08-27 | 2000-10-10 | At&T Corp | Method and apparatus for enhancing communication reception at a wireless communication terminal |
EP0899896A1 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 1999-03-03 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and system to estimate spatial parameters of transmission channels |
JP2991167B2 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 1999-12-20 | 三菱電機株式会社 | TDMA variable slot allocation method |
US6167031A (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2000-12-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method for selecting a combination of modulation and channel coding schemes in a digital communication system |
BR9812816A (en) | 1997-09-15 | 2000-08-08 | Adaptive Telecom Inc | Processes for wireless communication, and to efficiently determine a space channel of the mobile unit in a wireless communication system at the base station, and cdma base station |
US6389000B1 (en) | 1997-09-16 | 2002-05-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving high speed data in a CDMA communication system using multiple carriers |
US6590928B1 (en) | 1997-09-17 | 2003-07-08 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Frequency hopping piconets in an uncoordinated wireless multi-user system |
AUPO932297A0 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1997-10-09 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Medium access control protocol for data communications |
KR100234329B1 (en) | 1997-09-30 | 1999-12-15 | 윤종용 | FFT window position recovery apparatus for OFDM system receiver and method thereof |
US6178196B1 (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2001-01-23 | At&T Corp. | Combined interference cancellation and maximum likelihood decoding of space-time block codes |
US6574211B2 (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2003-06-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for high rate packet data transmission |
US6377812B1 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2002-04-23 | University Of Maryland | Combined power control and space-time diversity in mobile cellular communications |
US6122247A (en) | 1997-11-24 | 2000-09-19 | Motorola Inc. | Method for reallocating data in a discrete multi-tone communication system |
JPH11163823A (en) | 1997-11-26 | 1999-06-18 | Victor Co Of Japan Ltd | Orthogonal frequency division multiplex signal transmission method, transmitter and receiver |
US5936569A (en) | 1997-12-02 | 1999-08-10 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | Method and arrangement for adjusting antenna pattern |
US6154661A (en) | 1997-12-10 | 2000-11-28 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Transmitting on the downlink using one or more weight vectors determined to achieve a desired radiation pattern |
US6084917A (en) | 1997-12-16 | 2000-07-04 | Integrated Telecom Express | Circuit for configuring and dynamically adapting data and energy parameters in a multi-channel communications system |
US5929810A (en) | 1997-12-19 | 1999-07-27 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | In-flight antenna optimization |
US6175588B1 (en) | 1997-12-30 | 2001-01-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Communication device and method for interference suppression using adaptive equalization in a spread spectrum communication system |
US6088387A (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2000-07-11 | At&T Corp. | Multi-channel parallel/serial concatenated convolutional codes and trellis coded modulation encoder/decoder |
JP3724940B2 (en) | 1998-01-08 | 2005-12-07 | 株式会社東芝 | OFDM diversity receiver |
US5982327A (en) | 1998-01-12 | 1999-11-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Adaptive array method, device, base station and subscriber unit |
US6608874B1 (en) | 1998-01-12 | 2003-08-19 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method and apparatus for quadrature multi-pulse modulation of data for spectrally efficient communication |
EP0930752A3 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 1999-10-20 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for allocating data and power in a discrete multitone communication system |
US5973638A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 1999-10-26 | Micronetics Wireless, Inc. | Smart antenna channel simulator and test system |
US7787514B2 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2010-08-31 | Lot 41 Acquisition Foundation, Llc | Carrier interferometry coding with applications to cellular and local area networks |
EP0938208A1 (en) * | 1998-02-22 | 1999-08-25 | Sony International (Europe) GmbH | Multicarrier transmission, compatible with the existing GSM system |
WO1999044379A1 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 1999-09-02 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Multiple access categorization for mobile station |
JP3082756B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2000-08-28 | 日本電気株式会社 | Multi-carrier transmission system and method |
US6141388A (en) | 1998-03-11 | 2000-10-31 | Ericsson Inc. | Received signal quality determination method and systems for convolutionally encoded communication channels |
US6058107A (en) | 1998-04-08 | 2000-05-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for updating forward power control in a communication system |
US6317466B1 (en) | 1998-04-15 | 2001-11-13 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Wireless communications system having a space-time architecture employing multi-element antennas at both the transmitter and receiver |
US6615024B1 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2003-09-02 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining signatures for calibrating a communication station having an antenna array |
US7123628B1 (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2006-10-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Communication system with improved medium access control sub-layer |
JP3286247B2 (en) | 1998-05-08 | 2002-05-27 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Wireless communication system |
US6205410B1 (en) | 1998-06-01 | 2001-03-20 | Globespan Semiconductor, Inc. | System and method for bit loading with optimal margin assignment |
EP1088412B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2007-12-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Frame synchronization techniques and systems |
US6795424B1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2004-09-21 | Tellabs Operations, Inc. | Method and apparatus for interference suppression in orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) wireless communication systems |
JP2000092009A (en) | 1998-07-13 | 2000-03-31 | Sony Corp | Communication method, transmitter and receiver |
CA2302269C (en) | 1998-07-16 | 2003-11-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Processing packet data in mobile communication system |
US6154443A (en) | 1998-08-11 | 2000-11-28 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | FFT-based CDMA RAKE receiver system and method |
US6594620B1 (en) | 1998-08-17 | 2003-07-15 | Aspen Technology, Inc. | Sensor validation apparatus and method |
EP1119932A4 (en) | 1998-08-18 | 2002-10-09 | Beamreach Networks Inc | Stacked-carrier discrete multiple tone communication technology |
KR100429540B1 (en) | 1998-08-26 | 2004-08-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Packet data communication apparatus and method of mobile communication system |
US6515617B1 (en) | 1998-09-01 | 2003-02-04 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method and system for position determination using geostationary earth orbit satellite |
DE19842712C1 (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2000-05-04 | Siemens Ag | Correlation error correction procedure for signal demodulator, involves computing difference between primary and secondary phase values of spreading signals, to compute phase value of local signal |
US6292917B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2001-09-18 | Agere Systems Guardian Corp. | Unequal error protection for digital broadcasting using channel classification |
DE69828608T2 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2005-12-29 | Sony International (Europe) Gmbh | Distribution scheme for a random access channel in a CDMA system |
DE69834639T2 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2006-12-14 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | Automatic determination of the point for random access channel splitting method |
US6711121B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2004-03-23 | At&T Corp. | Orthogonal code division multiplexing for twisted pair channels |
WO2000025492A1 (en) | 1998-10-27 | 2000-05-04 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Channel allocation method and device for coded and combined information sets |
JP4287536B2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2009-07-01 | パナソニック株式会社 | OFDM transmitter / receiver and OFDM transmitter / receiver method |
WO2000036783A1 (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2000-06-22 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Apparatus and method for transmitting information and apparatus and method for receiving information |
GB9827182D0 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 1999-02-03 | Philips Electronics Nv | Radio communication system |
FI108588B (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2002-02-15 | Nokia Corp | Method and radio system for transmitting a digital signal |
US6310909B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-10-30 | Broadcom Corporation | DSL rate adaptation |
US6266528B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-07-24 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Performance monitor for antenna arrays |
US6463290B1 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2002-10-08 | Trueposition, Inc. | Mobile-assisted network based techniques for improving accuracy of wireless location system |
US6348036B1 (en) | 1999-01-24 | 2002-02-19 | Genzyme Corporation | Surgical retractor and tissue stabilization device |
RU2152132C1 (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2000-06-27 | Государственное унитарное предприятие Воронежский научно-исследовательский институт связи | Radio communication line with three- dimensional modulation |
JP3619729B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2005-02-16 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Radio receiving apparatus and radio receiving method |
KR100651457B1 (en) | 1999-02-13 | 2006-11-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of contiguous outer loop power control in dtx mode of cdma mobile communication system |
US6169759B1 (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2001-01-02 | Golden Bridge Technology | Common packet channel |
US6574267B1 (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2003-06-03 | Golden Bridge Technology, Inc. | Rach ramp-up acknowledgement |
US6346910B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-02-12 | Tei Ito | Automatic array calibration scheme for wireless point-to-multipoint communication networks |
US6363267B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-03-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Mobile terminal decode failure procedure in a wireless local area network |
CN1186893C (en) | 1999-04-12 | 2005-01-26 | 三星电子株式会社 | Apparatus and method for gated transmission in CDMA communication system |
EP1075093A1 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2001-02-07 | Interuniversitair Micro-Elektronica Centrum Vzw | A method and apparatus for multi-user transmission |
US6532562B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2003-03-11 | Microsoft Corp | Receiver-driven layered error correction multicast over heterogeneous packet networks |
US6594798B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2003-07-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Receiver-driven layered error correction multicast over heterogeneous packet networks |
US6594473B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2003-07-15 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless system with transmitter having multiple transmit antennas and combining open loop and closed loop transmit diversities |
KR100605978B1 (en) | 1999-05-29 | 2006-07-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Transceiver apparatus and method for continuous outer loop power control in dtx mode of cdma mobile communication system |
US7072410B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2006-07-04 | Peter Monsen | Multiple access system and method for multibeam digital radio systems |
US6141567A (en) | 1999-06-07 | 2000-10-31 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Apparatus and method for beamforming in a changing-interference environment |
US6385264B1 (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2002-05-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for mitigating interference between base stations in a wideband CDMA system |
US6976262B1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2005-12-13 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Web-based enterprise management with multiple repository capability |
EP1114530B1 (en) | 1999-07-08 | 2005-02-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Data rate detection device and method for a mobile communication system |
US6163296A (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2000-12-19 | Lockheed Martin Corp. | Calibration and integrated beam control/conditioning system for phased-array antennas |
RU2168278C2 (en) | 1999-07-16 | 2001-05-27 | Корпорация "Самсунг Электроникс" | Process of unrestricted access of subscribers of mobile station |
US6532225B1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2003-03-11 | At&T Corp | Medium access control layer for packetized wireless systems |
US6067290A (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2000-05-23 | Gigabit Wireless, Inc. | Spatial multiplexing in a cellular network |
US7027464B1 (en) * | 1999-07-30 | 2006-04-11 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | OFDM signal transmission scheme, and OFDM signal transmitter/receiver |
JP2001044930A (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2001-02-16 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Device and method for radio communication |
US6721339B2 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2004-04-13 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of providing downlink transmit diversity |
US6735188B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2004-05-11 | Tachyon, Inc. | Channel encoding and decoding method and apparatus |
US6115406A (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2000-09-05 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Transmission using an antenna array in a CDMA communication system |
US6278726B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2001-08-21 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Interference cancellation in a spread spectrum communication system |
US6426971B1 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2002-07-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for accurately predicting signal to interference and noise ratio to improve communications system performance |
SG80071A1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-04-17 | Univ Singapore | Downlink beamforming method |
JP3421671B2 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2003-06-30 | 独立行政法人通信総合研究所 | Communication system, selection device, transmission device, reception device, selection method, transmission method, reception method, and information recording medium |
JP3961829B2 (en) | 1999-10-02 | 2007-08-22 | サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | Apparatus and method for intermittent transmission / reception of control channel signal in code division multiple access communication system |
DE19950005A1 (en) | 1999-10-18 | 2001-04-19 | Bernhard Walke | Range enhancement operating method for mobile radio communications base station uses mobile stations within normal range as relay stations for reaching mobile stations outside normal operating range |
DE19951525C2 (en) | 1999-10-26 | 2002-01-24 | Siemens Ag | Method for calibrating an electronically phased array antenna in radio communication systems |
US6492942B1 (en) | 1999-11-09 | 2002-12-10 | Com Dev International, Inc. | Content-based adaptive parasitic array antenna system |
JP3416597B2 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2003-06-16 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Wireless base station |
US7088671B1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2006-08-08 | Peter Monsen | Multiple access technique for downlink multibeam digital radio systems |
US7110785B1 (en) | 1999-12-03 | 2006-09-19 | Nortel Networks Limited | Performing power control in a mobile communications system |
US6298092B1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2001-10-02 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Methods of controlling communication parameters of wireless systems |
EP1109326A1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2001-06-20 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Peamble detector for a CDMA receiver |
US6351499B1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2002-02-26 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Method and wireless systems using multiple antennas and adaptive control for maximizing a communication parameter |
JP3975629B2 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2007-09-12 | ソニー株式会社 | Image decoding apparatus and image decoding method |
US6298035B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2001-10-02 | Nokia Networks Oy | Estimation of two propagation channels in OFDM |
JP2001186051A (en) | 1999-12-24 | 2001-07-06 | Toshiba Corp | Data signal discrimination circuit and method |
KR100733015B1 (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2007-06-27 | 엔티티 도꼬모 인코퍼레이티드 | Path search method |
US6718160B2 (en) | 1999-12-29 | 2004-04-06 | Airnet Communications Corp. | Automatic configuration of backhaul and groundlink frequencies in a wireless repeater |
US6888809B1 (en) | 2000-01-13 | 2005-05-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Space-time processing for multiple-input, multiple-output, wireless systems |
US7254171B2 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2007-08-07 | Nortel Networks Limited | Equaliser for digital communications systems and method of equalisation |
JP3581072B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2004-10-27 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Channel configuration method and base station using the method |
KR100325367B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-03-04 | 박태진 | Apparatus for estimating bit error rate in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing communication system and mothod thereof |
JP2001217896A (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2001-08-10 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Wireless data communication system |
US7003044B2 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2006-02-21 | Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd. | Method for allocating bits and power in multi-carrier communication system |
FI117465B (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2006-10-31 | Danisco Sweeteners Oy | Procedure for hard coating of chewable cores |
US6868120B2 (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2005-03-15 | Clearwire Corporation | Real-time system for measuring the Ricean K-factor |
US6704374B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2004-03-09 | Thomson Licensing S.A. | Local oscillator frequency correction in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system |
DE10008653A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2001-09-06 | Siemens Ag | Improvements in a radio communication system |
US6956814B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2005-10-18 | Worldspace Corporation | Method and apparatus for mobile platform reception and synchronization in direct digital satellite broadcast system |
JP2001244879A (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2001-09-07 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Transmission power control unit and its method |
US6963546B2 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2005-11-08 | Interdigital Technology Corp. | Multi-user detection using an adaptive combination of joint detection and successive interface cancellation |
EP1137217A1 (en) | 2000-03-20 | 2001-09-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | ARQ parameter negociation in a data packet transmission system using link adaptation |
US7149253B2 (en) | 2000-03-21 | 2006-12-12 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communication |
US6952454B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2005-10-04 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multiplexing of real time services and non-real time services for OFDM systems |
US6473467B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for measuring reporting channel state information in a high efficiency, high performance communications system |
US20020154705A1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-10-24 | Walton Jay R. | High efficiency high performance communications system employing multi-carrier modulation |
DE10014676C2 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2002-02-07 | Polytrax Inf Technology Ag | Data transmission over a power supply network |
US7113499B2 (en) | 2000-03-29 | 2006-09-26 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communication |
DK1843622T3 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2010-04-26 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | Event triggered access service class change in a randomized access channel |
DE60021772T2 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2006-04-20 | Nokia Corp. | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING WITH SEVERAL ANTENNAS |
US7289570B2 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2007-10-30 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communications |
US6757263B1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2004-06-29 | Motorola, Inc. | Wireless repeating subscriber units |
SE518028C2 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2002-08-20 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Method and method of avoiding congestion in a macro diversity cellular radio system |
ATE513401T1 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2011-07-15 | Aware Inc | MULTI CARRIER SYSTEM WITH A MULTIPLE SNR SPACING |
US6751199B1 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2004-06-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for a rate control in a high data rate communication system |
EP1150456B1 (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2004-06-16 | Nortel Networks S.A. | Radio telecommunications system with reduced delays for data transmission |
US7068628B2 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2006-06-27 | At&T Corp. | MIMO OFDM system |
US7072409B2 (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2006-07-04 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Space multiplex radio communication method and radio communication apparatus |
US7139324B1 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2006-11-21 | Nokia Networks Oy | Closed loop feedback system for improved down link performance |
KR100416972B1 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2004-02-05 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of assigning an uplink random access channel in a cdma mobile communication system |
US6744811B1 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2004-06-01 | Actelis Networks Inc. | Bandwidth management for DSL modem pool |
US7248841B2 (en) | 2000-06-13 | 2007-07-24 | Agee Brian G | Method and apparatus for optimization of wireless multipoint electromagnetic communication networks |
US6317467B1 (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2001-11-13 | Lloyd C. Cox | Beamforming and interference cancellation system using general purpose filter architecture |
US6628702B1 (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2003-09-30 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for demodulating signals processed in a transmit diversity mode |
US6760313B1 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2004-07-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for adaptive rate selection in a communication system |
SE519303C2 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2003-02-11 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Device for narrowband communication in a multicarrier system |
WO2002003557A1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-01-10 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Method and system for mode adaptation in wireless communication |
US6891858B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2005-05-10 | Cisco Technology Inc. | Dynamic modulation of modulation profiles for communication channels in an access network |
CN1140147C (en) | 2000-07-01 | 2004-02-25 | 信息产业部电信传输研究所 | Method and system of outer loop power control |
JP3583353B2 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2004-11-04 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Communication terminal device and base station device |
CN1148895C (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2004-05-05 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Base station unit and method for radio communication |
KR100627188B1 (en) | 2000-07-04 | 2006-09-22 | 에스케이 텔레콤주식회사 | Code assign method in wireless communication uplink synchronous transmission scheme |
EP1170897B1 (en) * | 2000-07-05 | 2020-01-15 | Wi-Fi One Technologies International Limited | Pilot pattern design for a STTD scheme in an OFDM system |
ES2701182T3 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2019-02-21 | Qualcomm Inc | Procedure and apparatus to generate pilot signals in a MIMO system |
FI109393B (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-07-15 | Nokia Corp | Method for encoding media stream, a scalable and a terminal |
CN1218493C (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2005-09-07 | 皇家菲利浦电子有限公司 | Coding of data stream |
KR100493152B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2005-06-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Transmission antenna diversity method, base station apparatus and mobile station apparatus therefor in mobile communication system |
EP1176750A1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2002-01-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Link quality determination of a transmission link in an OFDM transmission system |
DE60035683T2 (en) | 2000-08-01 | 2008-06-26 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | Frequency reuse scheme for OFDM systems |
US6721267B2 (en) * | 2000-08-01 | 2004-04-13 | Motorola, Inc. | Time and bandwidth scalable slot format for mobile data system |
ATE450131T1 (en) | 2000-08-03 | 2009-12-15 | Infineon Technologies Ag | DYNAMIC RECONFIGURABLE UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER SYSTEM |
US6920192B1 (en) | 2000-08-03 | 2005-07-19 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Adaptive antenna array methods and apparatus for use in a multi-access wireless communication system |
WO2002015433A1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2002-02-21 | Fujitsu Limited | Transmission diversity communication device |
US6582088B2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2003-06-24 | Benq Corporation | Optical path folding apparatus |
US7013165B2 (en) | 2000-08-16 | 2006-03-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Antenna array apparatus and beamforming method using GPS signal for base station in mobile telecommunication system |
EP1182799A3 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2002-06-26 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for enhancing mobile cdma communications using space-time transmit diversity |
KR100526499B1 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2005-11-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for transmit diversity for more than two antennas and method thereof |
JP3886709B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2007-02-28 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Spread spectrum receiver |
US7120657B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2006-10-10 | Science Applications International Corporation | System and method for adaptive filtering |
IT1318790B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2003-09-10 | Cit Alcatel | METHOD TO MANAGE THE TIME-SLOT ALLOCATION CHANGE IN ADANELLO MS-SPRING NETWORKS OF TRANSOCEANIC TYPE. |
US7233625B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2007-06-19 | Nortel Networks Limited | Preamble design for multiple input—multiple output (MIMO), orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
US6937592B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2005-08-30 | Intel Corporation | Wireless communications system that supports multiple modes of operation |
US6985434B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2006-01-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Adaptive time diversity and spatial diversity for OFDM |
US7009931B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2006-03-07 | Nortel Networks Limited | Synchronization in a multiple-input/multiple-output (MIMO) orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system for wireless applications |
US6850481B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2005-02-01 | Nortel Networks Limited | Channels estimation for multiple input—multiple output, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
JP2002077098A (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2002-03-15 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Communication unit and communication method |
FR2814014B1 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2002-10-11 | Mitsubishi Electric Inf Tech | MULTI-USER DETECTION METHOD |
US6956897B1 (en) | 2000-09-27 | 2005-10-18 | Northwestern University | Reduced rank adaptive filter |
US6650714B2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2003-11-18 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Spatial processing and timing estimation using a training sequence in a radio communications system |
US7043259B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-05-09 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Repetitive paging from a wireless data base station having a smart antenna system |
US7062294B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-06-13 | Arraycomm, Llc. | Downlink transmission in a wireless data communication system having a base station with a smart antenna system |
US7110378B2 (en) | 2000-10-03 | 2006-09-19 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Channel aware optimal space-time signaling for wireless communication over wideband multipath channels |
US7016296B2 (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2006-03-21 | Broadcom Corporation | Adaptive modulation for fixed wireless link in cable transmission system |
US6907270B1 (en) | 2000-10-23 | 2005-06-14 | Qualcomm Inc. | Method and apparatus for reduced rank channel estimation in a communications system |
JP4067755B2 (en) * | 2000-10-24 | 2008-03-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Spread spectrum communication system receiver |
US6369758B1 (en) | 2000-11-01 | 2002-04-09 | Unique Broadband Systems, Inc. | Adaptive antenna array for mobile communication |
JP3553038B2 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2004-08-11 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Signal transmission method, signal reception method, transmission device, reception device, and recording medium |
US6768727B1 (en) | 2000-11-09 | 2004-07-27 | Ericsson Inc. | Fast forward link power control for CDMA system |
US8634481B1 (en) | 2000-11-16 | 2014-01-21 | Alcatel Lucent | Feedback technique for wireless systems with multiple transmit and receive antennas |
US7006464B1 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2006-02-28 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Downlink and uplink channel structures for downlink shared channel system |
US6980601B2 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2005-12-27 | Broadcom Corporation | Rate adaptation and parameter optimization for multi-band single carrier transmission |
JP3695316B2 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2005-09-14 | 株式会社日本自動車部品総合研究所 | Spread spectrum receiver correlation detector |
US6751480B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2004-06-15 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for simultaneously conveying information to multiple mobiles with multiple antennas |
US8019068B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2011-09-13 | Alcatel Lucent | Method of allocating power for the simultaneous downlink conveyance of information between multiple antennas and multiple destinations |
JP4505677B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2010-07-21 | ソフトバンクテレコム株式会社 | Transmission diversity apparatus and transmission power adjustment method |
US6952426B2 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2005-10-04 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and apparatus for the transmission of short data bursts in CDMA/HDR networks |
KR100353641B1 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2002-09-28 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Base station transmit antenna diversity apparatus and method in cdma communication system |
US6850498B2 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2005-02-01 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for evaluating a wireless link |
GB0031841D0 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2001-02-14 | Nokia Networks Oy | Interference power estimation for adaptive antenna system |
US6987819B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2006-01-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and device for multiple input/multiple output transmit and receive weights for equal-rate data streams |
US7050510B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2006-05-23 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Open-loop diversity technique for systems employing four transmitter antennas |
US20020085641A1 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2002-07-04 | Motorola, Inc | Method and system for interference averaging in a wireless communication system |
US6731668B2 (en) | 2001-01-05 | 2004-05-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and system for increased bandwidth efficiency in multiple input—multiple output channels |
EP1223776A1 (en) | 2001-01-12 | 2002-07-17 | Siemens Information and Communication Networks S.p.A. | A collision free access scheduling in cellular TDMA-CDMA networks |
US6693992B2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2004-02-17 | Mindspeed Technologies | Line probe signal and method of use |
US6801790B2 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2004-10-05 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Structure for multiple antenna configurations |
US7164669B2 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2007-01-16 | Adaptix, Inc. | Multi-carrier communication with time division multiplexing and carrier-selective loading |
US7054662B2 (en) | 2001-01-24 | 2006-05-30 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Method and system for forward link beam forming in wireless communications |
JP2002232943A (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2002-08-16 | Sony Corp | Data transmission processing method, data reception processing method, transmitter, receiver, and cellular wireless communication system |
GB0102316D0 (en) | 2001-01-30 | 2001-03-14 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Radio communication system |
US6961388B2 (en) | 2001-02-01 | 2005-11-01 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Coding scheme for a wireless communication system |
US6885654B2 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2005-04-26 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Low complexity data detection using fast fourier transform of channel correlation matrix |
US7120134B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2006-10-10 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Reverse link channel architecture for a wireless communication system |
US6975868B2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2005-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for IS-95B reverse link supplemental code channel frame validation and fundamental code channel rate decision improvement |
JP3736429B2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2006-01-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Cellular system, base station, mobile station, and communication control method |
US7006483B2 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2006-02-28 | Ipr Licensing, Inc. | Qualifying available reverse link coding rates from access channel power setting |
WO2002069523A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-09-06 | Magnolia Broadband, Inc | Smart antenna based spectrum multiplexing using a pilot signal |
GB0105019D0 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2001-04-18 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Antenna diversity in a wireless local area network |
US7039125B2 (en) | 2001-03-12 | 2006-05-02 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Equalized SNR power back-off |
EP1241824A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-09-18 | TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET LM ERICSSON (publ) | Multiplexing method in a multicarrier transmit diversity system |
US6763244B2 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2004-07-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for adjusting power control setpoint in a wireless communication system |
US6478422B1 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2002-11-12 | Richard A. Hansen | Single bifocal custom shooters glasses |
US7046746B1 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2006-05-16 | Cisco Systems Wireless Networking (Australia) Pty Limited | Adaptive Viterbi decoder for a wireless data network receiver |
US6771706B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2004-08-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for utilizing channel state information in a wireless communication system |
US7248638B1 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2007-07-24 | Lsi Logic | Transmit antenna multi-mode tracking |
US7386076B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2008-06-10 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Space time encoded wireless communication system with multipath resolution receivers |
US8290098B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2012-10-16 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Closed loop multiple transmit, multiple receive antenna wireless communication system |
GB2373973B (en) * | 2001-03-30 | 2003-06-11 | Toshiba Res Europ Ltd | Adaptive antenna |
US20020176485A1 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-28 | Hudson John E. | Multi-cast communication system and method of estimating channel impulse responses therein |
US6785513B1 (en) | 2001-04-05 | 2004-08-31 | Cowave Networks, Inc. | Method and system for clustered wireless networks |
US6859503B2 (en) * | 2001-04-07 | 2005-02-22 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and system in a transceiver for controlling a multiple-input, multiple-output communications channel |
KR100510434B1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2005-08-26 | 니폰덴신뎅와 가부시키가이샤 | OFDM signal transmission system, OFDM signal transmission apparatus and OFDM signal receiver |
FR2823620B1 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2003-08-15 | France Telecom | METHOD OF ENCODING / DECODING A DIGITAL DATA STREAM ENCODED WITH INTERLOCATION ON BITS IN TRANSMISSION AND IN MULTIPLE RECEPTION IN THE PRESENCE OF INTERSYMBOL INTERFERENCE AND CORRESPONDING SYSTEM |
FI20010874A (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2002-10-27 | Nokia Corp | Communication method and hardware |
GB0110223D0 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2001-06-20 | Sensor Highway Ltd | Method and apparatus for leak detection and location |
US6611231B2 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2003-08-26 | Vivato, Inc. | Wireless packet switched communication systems and networks using adaptively steered antenna arrays |
US7133459B2 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2006-11-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Space-time transmit diversity |
EP1255369A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-06 | TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET LM ERICSSON (publ) | Link adaptation for wireless MIMO transmission schemes |
DE60141717D1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-05-12 | Nokia Corp | AUTHORIZATION CONTROL THROUGH RANGE |
DE10122788A1 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2002-06-06 | Basf Ag | Preparation of purified melt of monomer(s) involves forming suspension, crystallizing, mechanically separating suspended monomer crystals and further crystallizing and separating |
US6785341B2 (en) | 2001-05-11 | 2004-08-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing channel state information |
US7047016B2 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2006-05-16 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for allocating uplink resources in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system |
US7072413B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2006-07-04 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel inversion |
US7688899B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2010-03-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel inversion |
US6751187B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2004-06-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel transmission |
US6718493B1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2004-04-06 | 3Com Corporation | Method and apparatus for selection of ARQ parameters and estimation of improved communications |
US7492737B1 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2009-02-17 | Nortel Networks Limited | Service-driven air interface protocol architecture for wireless systems |
ES2188373B1 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2004-10-16 | Diseño De Sistemas En Silencio, S.A. | COMMUNICATION OPTIMIZATION PROCEDURE FOR MULTI-USER DIGITAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM ON ELECTRICAL NETWORK. |
US6920194B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2005-07-19 | Tioga Technologies, Ltd. | Method and system for detecting, timing, and correcting impulse noise |
JP3637884B2 (en) * | 2001-06-01 | 2005-04-13 | ソニー株式会社 | Despreading device, propagation path estimation device, reception device and interference suppression device, despreading, propagation channel estimation, reception and interference suppression method, program, and recording medium recording the program |
US7158563B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2007-01-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Dynamic digital communication system control |
GB2376315B (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2003-08-06 | 3Com Corp | Data bus system including posted reads and writes |
US20020183010A1 (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2002-12-05 | Catreux Severine E. | Wireless communication systems with adaptive channelization and link adaptation |
US20020193146A1 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2002-12-19 | Mark Wallace | Method and apparatus for antenna diversity in a wireless communication system |
US7190749B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2007-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for canceling pilot interference in a wireless communication system |
DE60127944T2 (en) * | 2001-06-08 | 2007-09-06 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM WITH ADAPTIVE BITWEISER NESTING |
US20030012308A1 (en) * | 2001-06-13 | 2003-01-16 | Sampath Hemanth T. | Adaptive channel estimation for wireless systems |
US7027523B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2006-04-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting data in a time division duplexed (TDD) communication system |
WO2003010984A1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2003-02-06 | Nortel Networks Limited | Communication of control information in wireless communication systems |
US6842460B1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2005-01-11 | Nokia Corporation | Ad hoc network discovery menu |
US7149190B1 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2006-12-12 | Nortel Networks Limited | MAC channel operation employable for receiving on more than one forward link channel |
US6751444B1 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2004-06-15 | Broadstorm Telecommunications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for adaptive carrier allocation and power control in multi-carrier communication systems |
FR2827731B1 (en) | 2001-07-23 | 2004-01-23 | Nexo | LOUDSPEAKER WITH DIRECT RADIATION AND OPTIMIZED RADIATION |
US6996380B2 (en) | 2001-07-26 | 2006-02-07 | Ericsson Inc. | Communication system employing transmit macro-diversity |
US6738020B1 (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2004-05-18 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Estimation of downlink transmission parameters in a radio communications system with an adaptive antenna array |
EP1284545B1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2008-07-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Transmit diversity wireless communication |
KR100703295B1 (en) | 2001-08-18 | 2007-04-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transporting and receiving data using antenna array in mobile system |
US20030039317A1 (en) | 2001-08-21 | 2003-02-27 | Taylor Douglas Hamilton | Method and apparatus for constructing a sub-carrier map |
US6807429B2 (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2004-10-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for combining power control commands received in a wireless communication system |
FR2828981B1 (en) | 2001-08-23 | 2004-05-21 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | INDUCTION HEATING CRUCIBLE AND COOLING |
KR100459573B1 (en) | 2001-08-25 | 2004-12-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for transmitting/receiving uplink transmission power and high speed downlink shared channel power level in communication system using high speed downlink packet access scheme and method thereof |
EP1289328A1 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2003-03-05 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | A method of sending control information in a wireless telecommunications network, and corresponding apparatus |
FR2829326A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2003-03-07 | France Telecom | SUB-OPTIMAL ITERATIVE RECEPTION PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR CDMA HIGH SPEED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM |
US7149254B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-12-12 | Intel Corporation | Transmit signal preprocessing based on transmit antennae correlations for multiple antennae systems |
US7133070B2 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2006-11-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | System and method for deciding when to correct image-specific defects based on camera, scene, display and demographic data |
US7024163B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2006-04-04 | Arraycomm Llc | Method and apparatus for adjusting feedback of a remote unit |
US6788948B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2004-09-07 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Frequency dependent calibration of a wideband radio system using narrowband channels |
US7277679B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2007-10-02 | Arraycomm, Llc | Method and apparatus to provide multiple-mode spatial processing to a terminal unit |
US7039363B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2006-05-02 | Arraycomm Llc | Adaptive antenna array with programmable sensitivity |
US7269127B2 (en) * | 2001-10-04 | 2007-09-11 | Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration Inc. | Preamble structures for single-input, single-output (SISO) and multi-input, multi-output (MIMO) communication systems |
US7035359B2 (en) | 2001-10-11 | 2006-04-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson | Methods and apparatus for demodulation of a signal in a signal slot subject to a discontinuous interference signal |
US7548506B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2009-06-16 | Nortel Networks Limited | System access and synchronization methods for MIMO OFDM communications systems and physical layer packet and preamble design |
US7248559B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2007-07-24 | Nortel Networks Limited | Scattered pilot pattern and channel estimation method for MIMO-OFDM systems |
CA2408423C (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2013-12-24 | Nec Corporation | Mobile communication system, communication control method, base station and mobile station to be used in the same |
US7773699B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2010-08-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and apparatus for channel quality measurements |
US7116652B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2006-10-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Rate control technique for layered architectures with multiple transmit and receive antennas |
KR20030032875A (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2003-04-26 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for controlling transmit power of downlink data channel in mobile communication system serving multimedia broadcast/multicast service and method thereof |
US7349667B2 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2008-03-25 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Simplified noise estimation and/or beamforming for wireless communications |
JP3607238B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2005-01-05 | 株式会社東芝 | OFDM signal receiving system |
US7130592B2 (en) | 2001-10-31 | 2006-10-31 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Radio transmission apparatus and radio communication method |
US7218684B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2007-05-15 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for code reuse and capacity enhancement using null steering |
US7164649B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2007-01-16 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Adaptive rate control for OFDM communication system |
US20030125040A1 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-07-03 | Walton Jay R. | Multiple-access multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system |
US8018903B2 (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2011-09-13 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Closed-loop transmit diversity scheme in frequency selective multipath channels |
US7346126B2 (en) | 2001-11-28 | 2008-03-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for channel estimation using plural channels |
CN100413232C (en) * | 2001-11-28 | 2008-08-20 | 富士通株式会社 | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing transmission method |
US7263119B1 (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2007-08-28 | Marvell International Ltd. | Decoding method and apparatus |
US7154936B2 (en) | 2001-12-03 | 2006-12-26 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Iterative detection and decoding for a MIMO-OFDM system |
US6760388B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2004-07-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Time-domain transmit and receive processing with channel eigen-mode decomposition for MIMO systems |
US7155171B2 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2006-12-26 | Saraband Wireless | Vector network analyzer applique for adaptive communications in wireless networks |
US20030112745A1 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2003-06-19 | Xiangyang Zhuang | Method and system of operating a coded OFDM communication system |
US7099398B1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2006-08-29 | Vixs, Inc. | Method and apparatus for establishing non-standard data rates in a wireless communication system |
AU2002364572A1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2003-07-09 | Globespan Virata Incorporated | System and method for rate enhanced shdsl |
KR100444730B1 (en) | 2001-12-24 | 2004-08-16 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Demodulating apparatus of a base station for wideband code division multiple access system and method thereof |
JP4052835B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2008-02-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Wireless transmission system for multipoint relay and wireless device used therefor |
US7573805B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2009-08-11 | Motorola, Inc. | Data transmission and reception method and apparatus |
CA2366397A1 (en) | 2001-12-31 | 2003-06-30 | Tropic Networks Inc. | An interface for data transfer between integrated circuits |
US7020110B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2006-03-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Resource allocation for MIMO-OFDM communication systems |
US7020482B2 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2006-03-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reallocation of excess power for full channel-state information (CSI) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems |
US7058116B2 (en) | 2002-01-25 | 2006-06-06 | Intel Corporation | Receiver architecture for CDMA receiver downlink |
US7283508B2 (en) | 2002-02-07 | 2007-10-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving serving HS-SCCH set information in an HSDPA communication system |
US7046978B2 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2006-05-16 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmit pre-correction in wireless communications |
US6937874B2 (en) | 2002-02-12 | 2005-08-30 | Motorola, Inc. | Power control in spread spectrum communications systems |
US6980800B2 (en) | 2002-02-12 | 2005-12-27 | Hughes Network Systems | System and method for providing contention channel organization for broadband satellite access in a communications network |
US7292854B2 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2007-11-06 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Express signaling in a wireless communication system |
US7076263B2 (en) | 2002-02-19 | 2006-07-11 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Power control for partial channel-state information (CSI) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems |
US6862271B2 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2005-03-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems with multiple transmission modes |
US20030162519A1 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2003-08-28 | Martin Smith | Radio communications device |
US6959171B2 (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2005-10-25 | Intel Corporation | Data transmission rate control |
US6873651B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2005-03-29 | Cognio, Inc. | System and method for joint maximal ratio combining using time-domain signal processing |
US6636568B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2003-10-21 | Qualcomm | Data transmission with non-uniform distribution of data rates for a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system |
US6687492B1 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2004-02-03 | Cognio, Inc. | System and method for antenna diversity using joint maximal ratio combining |
US20040047284A1 (en) * | 2002-03-13 | 2004-03-11 | Eidson Donald Brian | Transmit diversity framing structure for multipath channels |
US7035284B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2006-04-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for reducing inter-channel interference in a wireless communication system employing a non-periodic interleaver |
US7406065B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2008-07-29 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for reducing inter-channel interference in a wireless communication system |
JP3561510B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2004-09-02 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Base station apparatus and packet transmission method |
US7042858B1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2006-05-09 | Jianglei Ma | Soft handoff for OFDM |
US7012978B2 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2006-03-14 | Intel Corporation | Robust multiple chain receiver |
US20040198276A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2004-10-07 | Jose Tellado | Multiple channel wireless receiver |
US7197084B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2007-03-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding for a multipath channel in a MIMO system |
KR100456693B1 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2004-11-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for minimizing setupt time by the optimization of bit allocation on multi-canannel communication system |
US20030186650A1 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2003-10-02 | Jung-Tao Liu | Closed loop multiple antenna system |
US7224704B2 (en) | 2002-04-01 | 2007-05-29 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless network scheduling data frames including physical layer configuration |
US7099377B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2006-08-29 | Stmicroelectronics N.V. | Method and device for interference cancellation in a CDMA wireless communication system |
US7020226B1 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2006-03-28 | Nortel Networks Limited | I/Q distortion compensation for the reception of OFDM signals |
US6850741B2 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2005-02-01 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method for selecting switched orthogonal beams for downlink diversity transmission |
US7103325B1 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2006-09-05 | Nortel Networks Limited | Adaptive modulation and coding |
WO2003088540A1 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2003-10-23 | Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Phase sequences for timing and access signals |
US7623871B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2009-11-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Position determination for a wireless terminal in a hybrid position determination system |
US7876726B2 (en) | 2002-04-29 | 2011-01-25 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Adaptive allocation of communications link channels to I- or Q-subchannel |
US7352722B2 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2008-04-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mitigation of link imbalance in a wireless communication system |
US6690660B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2004-02-10 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Adaptive algorithm for a Cholesky approximation |
US7327800B2 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2008-02-05 | Vecima Networks Inc. | System and method for data detection in wireless communication systems |
US6862440B2 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2005-03-01 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for multiple channel wireless transmitter and receiver phase and amplitude calibration |
US7421039B2 (en) | 2002-06-04 | 2008-09-02 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method and system employing antenna arrays |
KR100498326B1 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2005-07-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Adaptive modulation coding apparatus and method for mobile communication device |
US7184713B2 (en) | 2002-06-20 | 2007-02-27 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Rate control for multi-channel communication systems |
US7359313B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2008-04-15 | Agere Systems Inc. | Space-time bit-interleaved coded modulation for wideband transmission |
US7613248B2 (en) * | 2002-06-24 | 2009-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Signal processing with channel eigenmode decomposition and channel inversion for MIMO systems |
US7095709B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2006-08-22 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Diversity transmission modes for MIMO OFDM communication systems |
KR100987651B1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2010-10-13 | 코닌클리즈케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | Measurement of channel characteristics in a communication system |
US7551546B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2009-06-23 | Nortel Networks Limited | Dual-mode shared OFDM methods/transmitters, receivers and systems |
US7342912B1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2008-03-11 | Arraycomm, Llc. | Selection of user-specific transmission parameters for optimization of transmit performance in wireless communications using a common pilot channel |
EP1379020A1 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2004-01-07 | National University Of Singapore | A wireless communication apparatus and method |
US20040017785A1 (en) | 2002-07-16 | 2004-01-29 | Zelst Allert Van | System for transporting multiple radio frequency signals of a multiple input, multiple output wireless communication system to/from a central processing base station |
US6683916B1 (en) | 2002-07-17 | 2004-01-27 | Philippe Jean-Marc Sartori | Adaptive modulation/coding and power allocation system |
KR20040011653A (en) * | 2002-07-29 | 2004-02-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing communication method and apparatus adapted to channel characteristics |
DK1540830T3 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2009-05-04 | Ipr Licensing Inc | Multi-input (MIMO) radio communication system and method |
US6961595B2 (en) | 2002-08-08 | 2005-11-01 | Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for operating mobile nodes in multiple states |
US7653415B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2010-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for increasing data rate in a mobile terminal using spatial multiplexing for DVB-H communication |
US6970722B1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2005-11-29 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Array beamforming with wide nulls |
EP1392004B1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2009-01-21 | Interuniversitair Microelektronica Centrum Vzw | Method for multi-user MIMO transmission and apparatuses suited therefore |
US20040037257A1 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2004-02-26 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for assuring quality of service in wireless local area networks |
US6940917B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2005-09-06 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Beam-steering and beam-forming for wideband MIMO/MISO systems |
US8194770B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2012-06-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coded MIMO systems with selective channel inversion applied per eigenmode |
WO2004023674A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-03-18 | Nokia Corporation | Antenna selection method |
US7260153B2 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2007-08-21 | Mimopro Ltd. | Multi input multi output wireless communication method and apparatus providing extended range and extended rate across imperfectly estimated channels |
US20040052228A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-03-18 | Jose Tellado | Method and system of frequency and time synchronization of a transceiver to signals received by the transceiver |
US7426176B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2008-09-16 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of power allocation and rate control in OFDMA systems |
FR2845626B1 (en) | 2002-10-14 | 2005-12-16 | Rotelec Sa | PROCESS FOR CONTROLLING METAL MOVEMENTS IN A BRAMES CONTINUOUS CASTING LINGOTIERE |
US7961774B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2011-06-14 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multipath interference-resistant receivers for closed-loop transmit diversity (CLTD) in code-division multiple access (CDMA) systems |
US6850511B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2005-02-01 | Intech 21, Inc. | Timely organized ad hoc network and protocol for timely organized ad hoc network |
US20040121730A1 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2004-06-24 | Tamer Kadous | Transmission scheme for multi-carrier MIMO systems |
US7200404B2 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2007-04-03 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Information storage to support wireless communication in non-exclusive spectrum |
US7453844B1 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2008-11-18 | Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute, Co., Ltd. | Dynamic allocation of channels in a wireless network |
US8170513B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Data detection and demodulation for wireless communication systems |
US7002900B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US8320301B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
KR101035765B1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2011-05-20 | 콸콤 인코포레이티드 | Data detection and demodulation for wireless communication systems |
US8134976B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US7151809B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-12-19 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Channel estimation and spatial processing for TDD MIMO systems |
US7324429B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-01-29 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multi-mode terminal in a wireless MIMO system |
US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2004-04-29 | Walton Jay Rod | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US7986742B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2011-07-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication system |
US8208364B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-06-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US8218609B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-07-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Closed-loop rate control for a multi-channel communication system |
US8570988B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US8169944B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access for wireless multiple-access communication systems |
WO2004038972A1 (en) | 2002-10-26 | 2004-05-06 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Frequency hopping ofdma method using symbols of comb pattern |
US7317750B2 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2008-01-08 | Lot 41 Acquisition Foundation, Llc | Orthogonal superposition coding for direct-sequence communications |
EP1416688A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2004-05-06 | Motorola Inc. | Iterative channel estimation in multicarrier receivers |
US7280625B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2007-10-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Derivation of eigenvectors for spatial processing in MIMO communication systems |
US7280467B2 (en) | 2003-01-07 | 2007-10-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot transmission schemes for wireless multi-carrier communication systems |
US7058367B1 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2006-06-06 | At&T Corp. | Rate-adaptive methods for communicating over multiple input/multiple output wireless systems |
US7583637B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2009-09-01 | Alcatel-Lucent Usa Inc. | Methods of controlling data rate in wireless communications systems |
US20040176097A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 | 2004-09-09 | Fiona Wilson | Allocation of sub channels of MIMO channels of a wireless network |
EP1447934A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2004-08-18 | Institut Eurecom G.I.E. | Transmission and reception diversity process for wireless communications |
JP2004266586A (en) | 2003-03-03 | 2004-09-24 | Hitachi Ltd | Data transmitting and receiving method of mobile communication system |
JP4250002B2 (en) | 2003-03-05 | 2009-04-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Adaptive modulation transmission system and adaptive modulation control method |
US6927728B2 (en) | 2003-03-13 | 2005-08-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for multi-antenna transmission |
US7822140B2 (en) | 2003-03-17 | 2010-10-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Multi-antenna communication systems utilizing RF-based and baseband signal weighting and combining |
US7885228B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2011-02-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmission mode selection for data transmission in a multi-channel communication system |
JP4259897B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2009-04-30 | シャープ株式会社 | Wireless data transmission system and wireless data transmission / reception device |
US7242727B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2007-07-10 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of determining transmit power for transmit eigenbeams in a multiple-input multiple-output communications system |
US7403503B2 (en) | 2003-07-09 | 2008-07-22 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Resource allocation in wireless communication systems |
KR101161196B1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2012-07-02 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Dynamic shared forward link channel for a wireless communication system |
CN100429311C (en) | 2003-08-08 | 2008-10-29 | 四川禾本生物工程有限公司 | EPSP synzyme of high anti-cancrinia discoidea and its coding squence |
US7065144B2 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2006-06-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency-independent spatial processing for wideband MISO and MIMO systems |
ATE487291T1 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2010-11-15 | Wavion Ltd | WIFI CAPACITY EXPANSION BY USING SDM |
US7356089B2 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2008-04-08 | Nortel Networks Limited | Phase offset spatial multiplexing |
KR100995031B1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2010-11-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for controlling signal transmitting applying for MIMO |
US8842657B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2014-09-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control with legacy system interoperability |
US8233462B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2012-07-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control and direct link protocol |
US8483105B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2013-07-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control |
US8526412B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2013-09-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency division multiplexing of multiple data streams in a wireless multi-carrier communication system |
US7508748B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2009-03-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection for a multi-carrier MIMO system |
WO2005041515A1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-05-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency division multiplexing of multiple data streams in a wireless multi-carrier communication system |
US7616698B2 (en) | 2003-11-04 | 2009-11-10 | Atheros Communications, Inc. | Multiple-input multiple output system and method |
US7298805B2 (en) | 2003-11-21 | 2007-11-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-antenna transmission for spatial division multiple access |
US9473269B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US7231184B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2007-06-12 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Low overhead transmit channel estimation |
JP4425925B2 (en) | 2003-12-27 | 2010-03-03 | 韓國電子通信研究院 | MIMO-OFDM system using eigenbeamforming technique |
US7333556B2 (en) | 2004-01-12 | 2008-02-19 | Intel Corporation | System and method for selecting data rates to provide uniform bit loading of subcarriers of a multicarrier communication channel |
JP2005223829A (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2005-08-18 | Nec Electronics Corp | Fractional frequency divider circuit and data transmission apparatus using the same |
US7746886B2 (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2010-06-29 | Broadcom Corporation | Asymmetrical MIMO wireless communications |
US7206354B2 (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2007-04-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Calibration of downlink and uplink channel responses in a wireless MIMO communication system |
US7274734B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2007-09-25 | Aktino, Inc. | Iterative waterfiling with explicit bandwidth constraints |
US7848442B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2010-12-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Signal processing apparatus and method in multi-input/multi-output communications systems |
US7486740B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2009-02-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Calibration of transmit and receive chains in a MIMO communication system |
US7110463B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2006-09-19 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Efficient computation of spatial filter matrices for steering transmit diversity in a MIMO communication system |
US7606319B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2009-10-20 | Nokia Corporation | Method and detector for a novel channel quality indicator for space-time encoded MIMO spread spectrum systems in frequency selective channels |
US20060018247A1 (en) | 2004-07-22 | 2006-01-26 | Bas Driesen | Method and apparatus for space interleaved communication in a multiple antenna communication system |
US7599443B2 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2009-10-06 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus to balance maximum information rate with quality of service in a MIMO system |
KR100905605B1 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2009-07-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data transmission method for ofdm-mimo system |
US8498215B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2013-07-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Open-loop rate control for a TDD communication system |
EP1829262B1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2018-03-14 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | Closed-loop rate control for a mimo communication system |
US7525988B2 (en) | 2005-01-17 | 2009-04-28 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for rate selection algorithm to maximize throughput in closed loop multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless local area network (WLAN) system |
US7466749B2 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2008-12-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
US7603141B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2009-10-13 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Multi-antenna station with distributed antennas |
US8358714B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2013-01-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coding and modulation for multiple data streams in a communication system |
US20090161613A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-25 | Mark Kent | Method and system for constructing channel quality indicator tables for feedback in a communication system |
US20090291642A1 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2009-11-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Systems and Methods for SIR Estimation for Power Control |
US8619620B2 (en) | 2008-09-16 | 2013-12-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for transmission mode selection in a multi channel communication system |
ES2355347B1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2012-02-10 | Vodafone España, S.A.U. | METHOD FOR DETECTING INTERFERENCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. |
US20100260060A1 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Integrated calibration protocol for wireless lans |
KR20130018079A (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2013-02-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for beam locking in wireless communication system |
-
2003
- 2003-02-25 US US10/375,162 patent/US20040081131A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2003-10-27 CN CN2010105559095A patent/CN101997814B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 AU AU2003284944A patent/AU2003284944C1/en not_active Expired
- 2003-10-27 KR KR1020057007171A patent/KR100990683B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-10-27 CA CA2756728A patent/CA2756728C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 UA UAA200504856A patent/UA84411C2/en unknown
- 2003-10-27 JP JP2005501686A patent/JP4913406B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 RU RU2005115879/09A patent/RU2380845C2/en active
- 2003-10-27 CA CA2501458A patent/CA2501458C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 CA CA2756741A patent/CA2756741C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 CN CN2003801050597A patent/CN1757213B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 EP EP11173875A patent/EP2378726A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2003-10-27 BR BR0315540-4A patent/BR0315540A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-10-27 EP EP03779266A patent/EP1557022A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-10-27 WO PCT/US2003/033907 patent/WO2004039027A2/en active Search and Examination
- 2003-10-27 TW TW092129820A patent/TWI339036B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-10-27 MX MXPA05004398A patent/MXPA05004398A/en active IP Right Grant
-
2005
- 2005-03-20 IL IL167554A patent/IL167554A/en active IP Right Grant
-
2006
- 2006-06-06 HK HK06106442.5A patent/HK1086681A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-06-06 HK HK10104743.0A patent/HK1139250A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-06-06 HK HK11110355.5A patent/HK1156164A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2009
- 2009-05-26 AU AU2009202082A patent/AU2009202082B2/en not_active Expired
-
2010
- 2010-02-14 IL IL203960A patent/IL203960A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2010-02-15 JP JP2010030077A patent/JP5096508B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2011
- 2011-11-24 JP JP2011256173A patent/JP5221743B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2013
- 2013-06-18 US US13/920,971 patent/US9154274B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6115354A (en) * | 1994-07-20 | 2000-09-05 | Timlar Konle | Multiple carrier transmission in common-wave networks |
US5818813A (en) * | 1995-09-06 | 1998-10-06 | Advanced Digital Television Broadcasting Laboratory | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing transmission system and transmitter and receiver adapted to the same |
US6992972B2 (en) * | 1998-01-06 | 2006-01-31 | Agere Systems Inc. | Frequency division multiplexing system with selectable rate |
US20040160987A1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2004-08-19 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd | Method and apparatus for setting a guard interval in an OFDM communication |
US6760882B1 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2004-07-06 | Intel Corporation | Mode selection for data transmission in wireless communication channels based on statistical parameters |
US6802035B2 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2004-10-05 | Intel Corporation | System and method of dynamically optimizing a transmission mode of wirelessly transmitted information |
US20020181390A1 (en) * | 2001-04-24 | 2002-12-05 | Mody Apurva N. | Estimating channel parameters in multi-input, multi-output (MIMO) systems |
US6990059B1 (en) * | 2001-09-05 | 2006-01-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Interference mitigation in a wireless communication system |
US20030128656A1 (en) * | 2002-01-07 | 2003-07-10 | Carl Scarpa | Channel estimation and compensation techniques for use in frequency division multiplexed systems |
US20040071104A1 (en) * | 2002-07-03 | 2004-04-15 | Commasic, Inc. | Multi-mode method and apparatus for performing digital modulation and demodulation |
US20040013084A1 (en) * | 2002-07-18 | 2004-01-22 | Motorola, Inc. | Training prefix modulation method and receiver |
Cited By (457)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10382106B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2019-08-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication systems |
US8913529B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-12-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US9240871B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2016-01-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US9031097B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-05-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US8873365B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-10-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US9312935B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2016-04-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication systems |
US8570988B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US9013974B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-04-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US8483188B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-07-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US9967005B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2018-05-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication systems |
US8750151B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-06-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US9154274B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-10-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US8355313B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-01-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US8934329B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-01-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US8462643B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-06-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US8711763B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2014-04-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access for wireless multiple-access communication systems |
US8320301B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US9048892B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2015-06-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US20060031583A1 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2006-02-09 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Communication system, communication method, transmission device, reception device, and control program |
US7633924B2 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2009-12-15 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Communications system, communications method, transmitting apparatus, receiving apparatus and control program to variably adjust a symbol length |
US20040174809A1 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2004-09-09 | Gadi Shor | Communication method, system, and apparatus that combines aspects of cyclic prefix and zero padding techniques |
US6950387B2 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2005-09-27 | Wisair Ltd. | Communication method, system, and apparatus that combines aspects of cyclic prefix and zero padding techniques |
US8111660B2 (en) * | 2003-04-16 | 2012-02-07 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and transmitter for transmitting data in a multi-carrier system via a number of transmitting antennas |
US20060221898A1 (en) * | 2003-04-16 | 2006-10-05 | Martin Bossert | Method and transmitter for transmitting data in a multi-carrier system via a number of transmitting antennas |
US8243580B2 (en) | 2003-04-29 | 2012-08-14 | Intel Corporation | Dynamic allocation of cyclic extension in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing systems |
US20080273580A1 (en) * | 2003-04-29 | 2008-11-06 | Intel Corporation. | Dynamic allocation of cyclic extension in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing systems |
US7400573B2 (en) * | 2003-04-29 | 2008-07-15 | Intel Corporation | Dynamic allocation of cyclic extension in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing systems |
US20040218522A1 (en) * | 2003-04-29 | 2004-11-04 | Sundstrom Kurt E | Dynamic allocation of cyclic extension in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing systems |
US20040228269A1 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2004-11-18 | Jaiganesh Balakrishnan | Multi-band OFDM communications system |
WO2004112289A3 (en) * | 2003-05-14 | 2005-03-24 | Texas Instruments Inc | Multi-band-ofdm communications systems |
US7835262B2 (en) | 2003-05-14 | 2010-11-16 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multi-band OFDM communications system |
US20070133498A1 (en) * | 2003-05-27 | 2007-06-14 | Andrea Nascimbene | Scheduler and method of scheduling data for communication between a node station and plurality of radio terminals |
US7729330B2 (en) * | 2003-05-27 | 2010-06-01 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Scheduler and method of scheduling data for communication between a node station and plurality of radio terminals |
US20060251193A1 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2006-11-09 | Kopmeiners Robert J | Methods and apparatus for backwards compatible communication in a multiple antenna communication system using time orthogonal symbols |
US7885177B2 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2011-02-08 | Agere Systems Inc. | Methods and apparatus for backwards compatible communication in a multiple antenna communication system using time orthogonal symbols |
US8441917B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2013-05-14 | Apple Inc. | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US7969857B2 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2011-06-28 | Nortel Networks Limited | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US9225573B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2015-12-29 | Apple Inc. | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US8902727B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2014-12-02 | Apple Inc. | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US20050030886A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2005-02-10 | Shiquan Wu | OFDM system and method employing OFDM symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US20110116360A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2011-05-19 | Nortel Networks Limited | Ofdm system and method employing ofdm symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US20110216786A1 (en) * | 2003-08-07 | 2011-09-08 | Nortel Networks Limited | Ofdm system and method employing ofdm symbols with known or information-containing prefixes |
US20050099939A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-05-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving pilot signals in an OFDM communication system |
US20050041830A1 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2005-02-24 | Hiroyuki Takewa | Loudspeaker |
US7693034B2 (en) * | 2003-08-27 | 2010-04-06 | Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd. | Combined inverse fast fourier transform and guard interval processing for efficient implementation of OFDM based systems |
US20050047325A1 (en) * | 2003-08-27 | 2005-03-03 | Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd. | Combined inverse fast fourier transform and guard interval processing for efficient implementation of OFDM based systems |
US7752430B2 (en) * | 2003-09-08 | 2010-07-06 | Abb Research Ltd | Data encryption on the physical layer of a data transmission system |
US20050055546A1 (en) * | 2003-09-08 | 2005-03-10 | Abb Research Ltd | Data encryption on the physical layer of a data transmission system |
US8908496B2 (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2014-12-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Incremental redundancy transmission in a MIMO communication system |
US20050052991A1 (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-03-10 | Tamer Kadous | Incremental redundancy transmission in a MIMO communication system |
US20050073976A1 (en) * | 2003-10-01 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for transmitting common data in a mobile communication system |
US7366480B2 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2008-04-29 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Radio communication device |
US20050085196A1 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2005-04-21 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Radio communication device |
US20100195480A1 (en) * | 2003-10-16 | 2010-08-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a preamble for synchronization in a mimo-ofdm communication system |
US20050084030A1 (en) * | 2003-10-16 | 2005-04-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of transmitting preamble for synchronization in a MIMO-OFDM communication system |
US7702028B2 (en) * | 2003-10-16 | 2010-04-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of transmitting preamble for synchronization in a MIMO-OFDM communication system |
US7881396B2 (en) | 2003-10-16 | 2011-02-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a preamble for synchronization in a MIMO-OFDM communication system |
US20050094550A1 (en) * | 2003-10-31 | 2005-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving pilot signals in an OFDM communication system |
US20050122896A1 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2005-06-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for canceling interference signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system using multiple antennas |
US20080137764A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2008-06-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for assigning channels based on spatial division multiplexing in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with multiple antennas |
US7319685B2 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2008-01-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for assigning channels based on spatial division multiplexing in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with multiple antennas |
US20050130684A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2005-06-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for assigning channels based on spatial division multiplexing in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with multiple antennas |
US10447437B2 (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2019-10-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method for assigning channels based on spatial division multiplexing in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with multiple antennas |
US20050111406A1 (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-05-26 | Nokia Corporation | Multi-user multicarrier allocation in a communication system |
US7532723B2 (en) | 2003-11-24 | 2009-05-12 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Tokens/keys for wireless communications |
US20050154925A1 (en) * | 2003-11-24 | 2005-07-14 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Tokens/keys for wireless communications |
US9473269B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US10742358B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2020-08-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US9876609B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2018-01-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US20100290425A1 (en) * | 2003-12-03 | 2010-11-18 | Zion Hadad | Ofdm communication channel |
US11664953B2 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2023-05-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Bandwidth signalling |
US20150155982A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2015-06-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Bandwidth signalling |
US20160308656A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2016-10-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Bandwidth signalling |
US20070121939A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2007-05-31 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Watermarks for wireless communications |
US20050195769A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-09-08 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Code division multiple access (CDMA) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
WO2005069836A2 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-08-04 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
US7415043B2 (en) | 2004-01-13 | 2008-08-19 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Code division multiple access (CDMA) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
US20050180315A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-08-18 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
US7929409B2 (en) | 2004-01-13 | 2011-04-19 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
WO2005069836A3 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2006-05-04 | Interdigital Tech Corp | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) method and apparatus for protecting and authenticating wirelessly transmitted digital information |
US20050220322A1 (en) * | 2004-01-13 | 2005-10-06 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Watermarks/signatures for wireless communications |
US11804870B2 (en) | 2004-01-29 | 2023-10-31 | Neo Wireless Llc | Channel probing signal for a broadband communication system |
US20050226421A1 (en) * | 2004-02-18 | 2005-10-13 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for using watermarks in communication systems |
US7373150B2 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2008-05-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method and system for allocating frequency resources based on multiple frequency reuse factors in cellular communication systems |
US20050197129A1 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2005-09-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for allocating frequency resources based on multiple frequency reuse factors in cellular communication systems |
US20050220199A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Sadowsky John S | OFDM system with per subcarrier phase rotation |
US7447268B2 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2008-11-04 | Intel Corporation | OFDM system with per subcarrier phase rotation |
US9276657B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2016-03-01 | Blackberry Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US20090080566A1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2009-03-26 | Nortel Networks Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US9356735B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2016-05-31 | Blackberry Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US8422585B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2013-04-16 | Research In Motion Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US8411787B2 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2013-04-02 | Research In Motion Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US20100202502A1 (en) * | 2004-04-01 | 2010-08-12 | Nortel Networks Limited | Space-time block coding systems and methods |
US20050288062A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2005-12-29 | Hammerschmidt Joachim S | Method and apparatus for selecting a transmission mode based upon packet size in a multiple antenna communication system |
US20060002487A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Kriedte Kai R | Methods and apparatus for parametric estimation in a multiple antenna communication system |
US20060010189A1 (en) * | 2004-07-12 | 2006-01-12 | Wei-Shun Liao | Method of calculating fft |
US9246728B2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2016-01-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for frequency diversity |
US10447386B2 (en) | 2004-08-12 | 2019-10-15 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium |
US8649322B2 (en) * | 2004-08-12 | 2014-02-11 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium |
US20060050742A1 (en) * | 2004-08-12 | 2006-03-09 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium |
TWI425797B (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2014-02-01 | Qualcomm Inc | Unified pulse shaping for multi-carrier and single-carrier waveforms |
US20060039273A1 (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2006-02-23 | Gore Dhananjay A | Unified pulse shaping for multi-carrier and single-carrier waveforms |
US8484272B2 (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2013-07-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Unified pulse shaping for multi-carrier and single-carrier waveforms |
US20060067415A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-30 | Mujtaba Syed A | Method and apparatus for increasing data throughput in a multiple antenna communication system using additional subcarriers |
US7558328B2 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2009-07-07 | Agere Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for increasing data throughput in a multiple antenna communication system using additional subcarriers |
US7596181B2 (en) * | 2004-09-18 | 2009-09-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for frequency synchronization in OFDM system |
US20060062317A1 (en) * | 2004-09-18 | 2006-03-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for frequency synchronization in OFDM system |
US20110009079A1 (en) * | 2004-09-27 | 2011-01-13 | Naoki Okamoto | Radio transmission device |
US8422478B2 (en) * | 2004-09-27 | 2013-04-16 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Radio transmission device |
US8416757B2 (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2013-04-09 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Radio transmission device |
US20060155795A1 (en) * | 2004-12-08 | 2006-07-13 | Anderson James B | Method and apparatus for hardware implementation of high performance fast fourier transform architecture |
US8160046B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2012-04-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
TWI392265B (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2013-04-01 | Qualcomm Inc | Wide area and local network id transmission for communication systems |
WO2006069295A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US20060133388A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Wang Michael M | Wide area and local network ID transmission for communication systems |
US20060133262A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US20110058469A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2011-03-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wide area and local network id transmission for communication systems |
US8488566B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2013-07-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US7852822B2 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2010-12-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wide area and local network ID transmission for communication systems |
TWI456917B (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2014-10-11 | Qualcomm Inc | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US9356752B2 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2016-05-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wide area and local network ID transmission for communication systems |
TWI400894B (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2013-07-01 | Qualcomm Inc | Control channel assignment in a wireless communication network |
US8621225B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2013-12-31 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
EP1842314A4 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2008-11-19 | Interdigital Tech Corp | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
US7904723B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2011-03-08 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
US20060156009A1 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-13 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
US20110161673A1 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2011-06-30 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
EP1842314A2 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2007-10-10 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for enhancing security of wireless communications |
US20060205355A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Rajiv Laroia | Methods and apparatus for transmitting signals facilitating antenna control |
US8325826B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2012-12-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for transmitting signals facilitating antenna control |
US7471702B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2008-12-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for implementing, using, transmitting, and/or receiving signals at least some of which include intentional null tones |
US20060205356A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Rajiv Laroia | Methods and apparatus for antenna control in a wireless terminal |
KR100909555B1 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2009-07-27 | 콸콤 인코포레이티드 | Method for receiving and transmitting signals in a multicarrier system |
US7826807B2 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2010-11-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for antenna control in a wireless terminal |
WO2006096870A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Qualcomm Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for antenna control in a wireless terminal |
WO2006096886A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Qualcomm Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods for receiving and transmitting signals in a multicarrier system |
US20060203709A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-14 | Rajiv Laroia | Methods and apparatus for implementing, using, transmitting, and/or receiving signals at least some of which include intentional null tones |
WO2006098992A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-21 | Qualcomm Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for transmitting signals in a multicarrier system |
US8761080B2 (en) | 2005-03-15 | 2014-06-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiple other sector information combining for power control in a wireless communication system |
US20100069107A1 (en) * | 2005-03-15 | 2010-03-18 | Murat Mese | Multiple other sector information combining for power control in a wireless communication system |
US9391750B2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2016-07-12 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Transmitting apparatus and radio resource assignment method |
US20090149187A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2009-06-11 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Transmitting apparatus and radio resource assignment method |
US9525528B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2016-12-20 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Transmission apparatus and radio resource assignment method |
US8050349B2 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2011-11-01 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for MIMO transmission |
US20090041137A1 (en) * | 2005-05-04 | 2009-02-12 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for mimo transmission |
US8855226B2 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2014-10-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
US20090129454A1 (en) * | 2005-05-12 | 2009-05-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
WO2006127176A3 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2009-04-30 | Microsoft Corp | Separating control and data in wireless networks |
US20060262759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2006-11-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Separating control and data in wireless networks |
US7974226B2 (en) | 2005-05-23 | 2011-07-05 | Microsoft Corporation | Separating control and data in wireless networks |
US7613138B2 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2009-11-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Separating control and data in wireless networks |
US20090103506A1 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2009-04-23 | Microsoft Corporation | Separating Control and Data in Wireless Networks |
US20070015523A1 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2007-01-18 | Rajat Prakash | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US9055552B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2015-06-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US20060285485A1 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2006-12-21 | Avneesh Agrawal | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US8750908B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2014-06-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US20070002726A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-04 | Zangi Kambiz C | System and method for adapting a cyclic prefix in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
KR101257973B1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2013-04-24 | 텔레호낙티에볼라게트 엘엠 에릭슨(피유비엘) | System and method for adapting a cyclic prefix in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing(ofdm) sysyem |
WO2007004031A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | System and method for adapting a cyclic prefix in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (ofdm) system |
US7885660B2 (en) * | 2005-08-30 | 2011-02-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for performing a soft handoff in an OFDMA wireless network |
US20070049279A1 (en) * | 2005-08-30 | 2007-03-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for performing a soft handoff in an OFDMA wireless network |
US20070069953A1 (en) * | 2005-09-27 | 2007-03-29 | Fuyun Ling | Position location using transmitters with timing offset and phase adjustment |
US8981996B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2015-03-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Position location using transmitters with timing offset and phase adjustment |
US9354297B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2016-05-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Position location using phase-adjusted transmitters |
US20070072621A1 (en) * | 2005-09-27 | 2007-03-29 | Mukkavilli Krishna K | Position location using transmitters with timing offset |
US20090074091A1 (en) * | 2005-10-05 | 2009-03-19 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for mimo transmission |
WO2007091131A1 (en) * | 2005-10-05 | 2007-08-16 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for mimo transmission |
US7949067B2 (en) | 2005-10-05 | 2011-05-24 | Nxp B.V. | Individual interleaving of data streams for MIMO transmission |
US20090149172A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-06-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Supervising quickchannelinfo block, extendedchannelinfo message and sectorparameters message in wireless communication systems |
US8923211B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2014-12-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus of processing an access grant block in wireless communication systems |
WO2007051052A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | A method of transmitting and receiving in wireless communication systems |
US8971222B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-03-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for decrementing assignments in wireless communication systems |
US20090098841A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-04-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting a pilot report (pilotreport) message in wireless communication systems |
US20090147739A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-06-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for decrementing assignments in wireless communication systems |
US8675549B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2014-03-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method of serving sector maintenance in a wireless communication systems |
US20070147226A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-06-28 | Aamod Khandekar | Method and apparatus for achieving flexible bandwidth using variable guard bands |
US20070097935A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-03 | Alexei Gorokhov | In-band rate control for an orthogonal frequency division multiple access communication system |
US9125078B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-09-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for setting reverse link CQI reporting modes in wireless communication system |
US8744444B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2014-06-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting a pilot report (PilotReport) message in wireless communication systems |
US20070133388A1 (en) * | 2005-12-10 | 2007-06-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method of controlling action change gap in multi-hop relay cellular network |
EP1796316A1 (en) | 2005-12-10 | 2007-06-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method of controlling an action change gap interval in a multi-hop relay cellular network |
US7952988B2 (en) | 2005-12-10 | 2011-05-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Apparatus and method of controlling action change gap in multi-hop relay cellular network |
US20090252109A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2009-10-08 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method for demodulating broadcast channel by using synchronization channel at ofdm system with transmit diversity and transmitting/receiving device therefor |
US20070153734A1 (en) * | 2006-01-03 | 2007-07-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transparent relay in multihop relay broadband wireless access (BWA) communication system |
US20080025251A1 (en) * | 2006-01-06 | 2008-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method of providing relay service in broadband wireless access (BWA) communication system |
US20100142490A1 (en) * | 2006-01-20 | 2010-06-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
US9225452B2 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2015-12-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
CN102394681B (en) * | 2006-01-20 | 2015-01-28 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
US8179865B2 (en) * | 2006-02-03 | 2012-05-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for cancelling other cell interference in a wireless communication system |
US20070211672A1 (en) * | 2006-02-03 | 2007-09-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for cancelling other cell interference in a wireless communication system |
US7944808B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2011-05-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | OFDM symbol design for different channel conditions and for backward compatibility with 1xEV-DO and NxEV-DO |
US20070223366A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | OFDM SYMBOL DESIGN FOR DIFFERENT CHANNEL CONDITIONS AND FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY WITH 1xEV-DO AND NxEV-DO |
US8014361B2 (en) * | 2006-05-09 | 2011-09-06 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for OFDM-MIMO system |
US9930696B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2018-03-27 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for OFDM-MIMO system |
US20070263579A1 (en) * | 2006-05-09 | 2007-11-15 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for ofdm-mimo system |
US9113484B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2015-08-18 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for OFDM-MIMO system |
US8400986B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2013-03-19 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Random access channel for OFDM-MIMO system |
US20070268812A1 (en) * | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of configuring wireless resource for effective and efficient transmission in a wireless communication system |
US7822156B2 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2010-10-26 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp | Channel estimation |
WO2007143588A2 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2007-12-13 | Wionics Research | Channel estimation |
US20070280366A1 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2007-12-06 | Turgut Aytur | Channel estimation |
WO2007143588A3 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2008-04-03 | Wionics Research | Channel estimation |
US20090207926A1 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2009-08-20 | Agere Systems, Inc. | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing using subsymbol processing |
US8406323B2 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2013-03-26 | Agere Systems Llc | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing using subsymbol processing |
US20080014861A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-01-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Progressively broadcasting information in beacon signals |
US20080101264A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding Information In Beacon Signals |
US8520567B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2013-08-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding information in beacon signals |
US20080101447A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding Information In Beacon Signals |
US9025680B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2015-05-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding information in beacon signals |
US9432817B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2016-08-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding information in beacon signals |
US8422938B2 (en) | 2006-06-16 | 2013-04-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Progressively broadcasting information in beacon signals |
US20080009305A1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-01-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding Information in Beacon Signals |
US8488477B2 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2013-07-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding information in beacon signals |
US20100279699A1 (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2010-11-04 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Method and device for controlling channel state information transferred by a first telecommunication device to a second telecommunication device |
US20070297576A1 (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2007-12-27 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Method and device for controlling channel state information transferred by a first telecommunication device to a second telecommunication device |
US10084627B2 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2018-09-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency hopping in an SC-FDMA environment |
US8539323B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2013-09-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Encoding and decoding methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communication system |
US7724853B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2010-05-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Enabling mobile switched antennas |
US20080014891A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-17 | Hui Jin | Enabling mobile switched antennas |
US8225186B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2012-07-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Ecoding and decoding methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communication system |
US20080260073A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-10-23 | Hui Jin | Ecoding and decoding methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communication system |
US7720485B2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2010-05-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus related to assignment in a wireless communications system |
US20080051147A1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2008-02-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for allocating resource to mobile station connected to relay station in broadband wireless communication system |
US8725066B2 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2014-05-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for allocating resource to mobile station connected to relay station in broadband wireless communication system |
US7769119B2 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2010-08-03 | Sandbridge Technologies, Inc. | Method of initial synchronization of a communication signal |
US20080075212A1 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2008-03-27 | Joon-Hwa Chun | Method of initial synchronization of a communication signal |
US20110149901A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2011-06-23 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US7995553B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2011-08-09 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
USRE44564E1 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2013-10-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US20100098019A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2010-04-22 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US9451613B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2016-09-20 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US20100111031A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2010-05-06 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US9106379B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2015-08-11 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US7953061B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2011-05-31 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US9967064B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2018-05-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US20110305219A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2011-12-15 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting downlink control signal |
US9729282B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2017-08-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting control signal using efficient multiplexing |
US8027297B2 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2011-09-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting downlink control signal |
US8509175B2 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2013-08-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting downlink control signal |
US20100098020A1 (en) * | 2006-10-02 | 2010-04-22 | Hak Seong Kim | Method for transmitting downlink control signal |
US20080101310A1 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-05-01 | Thomas Louis Marzetta | MIMO Communication System with Variable Slot Structure |
US9130618B2 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2015-09-08 | Alcatel Lucent | MIMO communication system with variable slot structure |
EP2095586A2 (en) * | 2006-11-06 | 2009-09-02 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | Codeword level scrambling for mimo transmission |
US8179985B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2012-05-15 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing time-frequency diversity in OFDM wireless communication systems |
US20080181319A1 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2008-07-31 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing time-frequency diversity in OFDM wireless communication systems |
US8116756B2 (en) | 2006-12-08 | 2012-02-14 | Fujitsu Limited | Method for reducing interference between adjacent sectors, and base station apparatus |
US20090239540A1 (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2009-09-24 | Tsuyoshi Yoneta | Method For Reducing Interference Between Adjacent Sectors, And Base Station Apparatus |
US20080165866A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Koon Hoo Teo | Cooperative Communication and Shared Handoff among Base, Relay, and Mobile Stations in OFDMA Cellular Networks |
US9986550B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2018-05-29 | Panasonic Corporation | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US10595308B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2020-03-17 | Panasonic Corporation | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US9648606B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2017-05-09 | Panasonic Corporation | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US11438884B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2022-09-06 | Panasonic Holdings Corporation | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US11743918B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2023-08-29 | Panasonic Holdings Corporation | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US9338792B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2016-05-10 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Configuration of control channels in a mobile communication system |
US20080212461A1 (en) * | 2007-03-01 | 2008-09-04 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Transform-based systems and methods for reconstructing steering matrices in a mimo-ofdm system |
US9900138B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2018-02-20 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US9078247B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2015-07-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US8630242B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-01-14 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US9191173B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2015-11-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US8553638B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2013-10-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US20100098005A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2010-04-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ack/nack signal in mobile communication system |
US8767650B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-07-01 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US9331816B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2016-05-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communications system |
US8155070B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2012-04-10 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US8780837B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-07-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US8787278B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-07-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US9749109B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2017-08-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US8787297B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-07-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US8116277B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2012-02-14 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US9826518B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2017-11-21 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US20110051672A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2011-03-03 | Dae Won Lee | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US10616874B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2020-04-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving ACK/NACK signal in mobile communication system |
US8923241B2 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2014-12-30 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Resource allocation method and a method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in mobile communication system |
US9197392B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2015-11-24 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US7953169B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2011-05-31 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8018984B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2011-09-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20110116564A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2011-05-19 | Jung Hoon Lee | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8018987B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2011-09-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8582626B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2013-11-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20100002754A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2010-01-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8009720B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2011-08-30 | Lg Electronics, Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US9048992B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2015-06-02 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8787421B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2014-07-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8774299B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2014-07-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20080310483A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2008-12-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in mobile communication system |
US10742256B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2020-08-11 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20100316148A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2010-12-16 | Jung Hoon Lee | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US20110158292A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2011-06-30 | Jung Hoon Lee | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8774297B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2014-07-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8792570B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2014-07-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
US8369378B2 (en) | 2007-06-13 | 2013-02-05 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Transmitting spread signal in communication system |
USRE46694E1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2018-01-30 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
US8363743B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2013-01-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
USRE45103E1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2014-09-02 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
USRE45523E1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2015-05-19 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
USRE46693E1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2018-01-30 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
US20090154580A1 (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2009-06-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
US8009760B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2011-08-30 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
KR100900289B1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2009-05-29 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A method for transmitting and receiving a control channel in the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing system |
US8019017B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2011-09-13 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
USRE44928E1 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2014-06-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
US20110051841A1 (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2011-03-03 | Joon Kui Ahn | Method for receiving control information in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system of mobile communication system |
EP2200201A4 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2015-06-17 | Fujitsu Ten Ltd | Diversity reception device, diversity reception method, and digital television reception device |
US8718153B2 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2014-05-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Signal transmitting apparatus, method thereof, and inverse fast fourier transform apparatus for signal transmitting apparatus |
US20090060069A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-05 | Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. | Signal transmitting apparatus, method thereof, and inverse fast fourier transform apparatus for signal transmitting apparatus |
US20090092085A1 (en) * | 2007-10-03 | 2009-04-09 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Telecommunications frame structure accomodating differing formats |
US8098623B2 (en) | 2007-10-03 | 2012-01-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Telecommunications frame structure accomodating differing formats |
US20090109919A1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Pierre Bertrand | Random Access Cyclic Prefix Dimensioning in Wireless Networks |
US8218496B2 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2012-07-10 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Random access cyclic prefix dimensioning in wireless networks |
WO2009058153A1 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2009-05-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different types of symbols |
TWI392304B (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2013-04-01 | Qualcomm Inc | Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different types of symbols |
US7986648B2 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2011-07-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different types of symbols |
US20090109950A1 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for communicating information using different types of symbols |
US20090116435A1 (en) * | 2007-11-05 | 2009-05-07 | Havish Koorapaty | Multiple compatible ofdm systems with different bandwidths |
US8861549B2 (en) | 2007-11-05 | 2014-10-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Multiple compatible OFDM systems with different bandwidths |
US20090161616A1 (en) * | 2007-11-07 | 2009-06-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Ranging procedure identification of enhanced wireless terminal |
US8155701B2 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2012-04-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Uplink radio frames apportioned for plural multiple access technologies |
US20090131110A1 (en) * | 2007-11-07 | 2009-05-21 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson(Publ) | Uplink radio frames apportioned for plural multiple access technologies |
US20090185476A1 (en) * | 2008-01-16 | 2009-07-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Duration-shortened ofdm symbols |
US8837518B2 (en) | 2008-02-17 | 2014-09-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of communication using frame |
US8107545B2 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2012-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for phase tracking in wireless communication systems |
US20090274233A1 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2009-11-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for phase tracking in wireless communication systems |
CN102027674A (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2011-04-20 | 爱立信电话股份有限公司 | Technique for controlling a gain of a receiver |
US20110134980A1 (en) * | 2008-05-14 | 2011-06-09 | Dietmar Lipka | Technique for Controlling a Gain of a Receiver |
US10299288B2 (en) | 2008-08-12 | 2019-05-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-carrier grant design |
US9288020B2 (en) | 2008-09-18 | 2016-03-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Transmission of sounding reference signals in TDD communication systems |
US20100074205A1 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-25 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transmission of sounding reference signals in tdd communication systems |
US20100115153A1 (en) * | 2008-11-05 | 2010-05-06 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Adaptive multi-channel controller and method for storage device |
US9154273B2 (en) | 2008-12-22 | 2015-10-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for data transmission using a data frame |
US10911198B2 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2021-02-02 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US11985086B2 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2024-05-14 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US11700098B2 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2023-07-11 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US11394507B2 (en) | 2009-01-29 | 2022-07-19 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US20190199494A1 (en) * | 2009-01-29 | 2019-06-27 | Sun Patent Trust | Communication apparatus and reference signal reception method |
US10411846B1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2019-09-10 | Marvell International Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
US11265119B1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2022-03-01 | Marvell Asia Pte, Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
US9941988B1 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2018-04-10 | Marvell International Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
US10419143B1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2019-09-17 | Marvell International Ltd. | Multi-radio device for WLAN |
CN102014083A (en) * | 2009-09-08 | 2011-04-13 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method, system and device for channel estimation |
CN102845030A (en) * | 2010-01-27 | 2012-12-26 | 新加坡科技研究局 | A method of communication |
US20120294202A1 (en) * | 2010-01-27 | 2012-11-22 | Jin Gon Joung | Method of communication |
WO2011098298A2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2011-08-18 | Lantiq Deutschland Gmbh | Overlapped frequency bands for multicarrier arrangements |
WO2011098298A3 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2011-12-01 | Lantiq Deutschland Gmbh | Symbol generation in different multicarrier systems operating in overlapped frequency bandwidths |
US8274995B2 (en) * | 2010-05-17 | 2012-09-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Cyclic prefix for non-contiguous signal transmission |
US20110280181A1 (en) * | 2010-05-17 | 2011-11-17 | Jiann-Ching Guey | Cyclic prefix for non-contiguous signal transmission |
US9735993B2 (en) | 2010-05-17 | 2017-08-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Cyclic prefix for non-contiguous signal transmission |
US8594216B2 (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2013-11-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beamforming feedback options for MU-MIMO |
WO2012027596A1 (en) * | 2010-08-25 | 2012-03-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beamforming feedback options for mu-mimo |
CN102378161A (en) * | 2010-08-27 | 2012-03-14 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | User equipment and method for determining TA (Timing Advance) value by using same |
US9781730B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2017-10-03 | Neocific, Inc. | Transmission of synchronization and control signals in a broadband wireless system |
US9014128B2 (en) * | 2010-10-29 | 2015-04-21 | Neocific, Inc. | Transmission of synchronization and control signals in a broadband wireless system |
US20140226597A1 (en) * | 2010-10-29 | 2014-08-14 | Neocific, Inc. | Transmission of synchronization and control signals in a broadband wireless system |
US9419849B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2016-08-16 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Method and apparatus for generating a PHY data unit |
US9130727B2 (en) * | 2011-02-04 | 2015-09-08 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Control mode PHY for WLAN |
US20120201316A1 (en) * | 2011-02-04 | 2012-08-09 | Hongyuan Zhang | Control Mode PHY for WLAN |
US10397033B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2019-08-27 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Method and apparatus for generating a PHY data unit |
US9178745B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2015-11-03 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Control mode PHY for WLAN |
US9258077B2 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2016-02-09 | Fujitsu Limited | Butterfly filter coefficient setting method and device, receiver and receiving method |
US20140037291A1 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2014-02-06 | Fujitsu Limited | Butterfly filter coefficient setting method and device, receiver and receiving method |
US10673591B2 (en) | 2011-04-24 | 2020-06-02 | Avago Technologies International Sale Pte. Limited | Traveling pilots within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications |
US20160013908A1 (en) * | 2011-04-24 | 2016-01-14 | Broadcom Corporation | Traveling pilots within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications |
US10396957B2 (en) * | 2011-04-24 | 2019-08-27 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | Traveling pilots within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications |
CN103797740A (en) * | 2011-10-24 | 2014-05-14 | Jvc建伍株式会社 | Transmission apparatus, reception apparatus, transmission method, and reception method |
US8824271B2 (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2014-09-02 | Fci Inc. | ODFM receiver |
US20130107695A1 (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2013-05-02 | Fci Inc. | Odfm receiver |
TWI455495B (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2014-10-01 | Fci Inc | Odfm receiver |
EP2792116A4 (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2015-12-23 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Apparatus and method for transmitting signal in a wireless communication system |
CN102611465A (en) * | 2012-04-07 | 2012-07-25 | 西安电子科技大学 | Coder of structured q-ary irregular repeat-accumulate code and coding method of coder |
US9190208B2 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2015-11-17 | Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. | Metal-insulator-metal capacitors on glass substrates |
US8896521B2 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2014-11-25 | Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. | Metal-insulator-metal capacitors on glass substrates |
US10115671B2 (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2018-10-30 | Snaptrack, Inc. | Incorporation of passives and fine pitch through via for package on package |
CN103018721A (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2013-04-03 | 电子科技大学 | Method for generating Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO)-over the horizon (OTH) radar waveform |
US10327253B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2019-06-18 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data sending and receiving method and device |
US10999113B2 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2021-05-04 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for transmitting data unit |
US10404513B2 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2019-09-03 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for transmitting data unit |
JP2016522614A (en) * | 2013-05-07 | 2016-07-28 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | Method and apparatus for transmitting data units |
US9871683B2 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2018-01-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for transmitting data unit |
US9124478B2 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2015-09-01 | Postech Academy-Industry Foundation | Method for cancelling inter-subcarrier interference and apparatus for the same |
US20150016552A1 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2015-01-15 | Postech Academy - Industry Foundation | Method for cancelling inter-subcarrier interference and apparatus for the same |
KR101830823B1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2018-04-04 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
CN110139381A (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2019-08-16 | 相干逻辑公司 | Parametrization radio waveform for being operated in multiple wireless environments |
US20220312228A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2022-09-29 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized Radio Waveform Techniques for Operating in Multiple Wireless Environments |
US10206126B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2019-02-12 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US12003981B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2024-06-04 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US9913153B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2018-03-06 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR20210134851A (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2021-11-10 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR102324176B1 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2021-11-09 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US11172383B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2021-11-09 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
EP3036955B1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2021-10-06 | Coherent Logix Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US20150049642A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2015-02-19 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized Radio Waveform for Operating in Multiple Wireless Environments |
EP3036955A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2016-06-29 | Coherent Logix Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US10075857B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2018-09-11 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US10567981B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2020-02-18 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US11706641B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2023-07-18 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform techniques for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR102512354B1 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2023-03-22 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR20210048584A (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2021-05-03 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR20180019759A (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2018-02-26 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR102246117B1 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2021-04-28 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US9749879B2 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2017-08-29 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US20170325105A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2017-11-09 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized Radio Waveform Techniques for Operating in Multiple Wireless Environments |
US20230362682A1 (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2023-11-09 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Parameterized Radio Waveform Techniques for Operating in Multiple Wireless Environments |
KR102107915B1 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2020-05-07 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
KR20200047763A (en) * | 2013-08-19 | 2020-05-07 | 코히어런트 로직스, 인코포레이티드 | Parameterized radio waveform for operating in multiple wireless environments |
US10033563B2 (en) | 2013-09-10 | 2018-07-24 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Extended guard interval for outdoor WLAN |
US11671296B2 (en) | 2013-09-10 | 2023-06-06 | Marvell Asia Pte Ltd | Extended guard interval for outdoor WLAN |
US10389562B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-08-20 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Range extension mode for WiFi |
US10218822B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-02-26 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US10291752B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-05-14 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US10194006B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2019-01-29 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US10153930B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2018-12-11 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Range extension mode for WiFi |
US11165892B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2021-11-02 | Marvell Asia Pte, Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US11146434B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2021-10-12 | Marvell Asia Pte, Ltd. | Range extension mode for WiFi |
US11962444B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2024-04-16 | Marvell Asia Pte Ltd | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US11309998B2 (en) * | 2014-02-03 | 2022-04-19 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Hybrid automatic repeat request for wireless local area network |
US11855818B1 (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2023-12-26 | Marvell Asia Pte Ltd | Adaptive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) numerology in a wireless communication network |
US10904058B2 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2021-01-26 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Padding for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a wireless communication system |
US10958492B2 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2021-03-23 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Compressed preamble for a wireless communication system |
US20180131550A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2018-05-10 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic Configuration of a Flexible Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing PHY Transport Data Frame |
US20220141063A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2022-05-05 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing phy transport data frame |
US20160043830A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2016-02-11 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic Configuration of a Flexible Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing PHY Transport Data Frame |
US10574500B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2020-02-25 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US10033566B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2018-07-24 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
US9853851B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2017-12-26 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US10389569B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2019-08-20 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Multi-partition radio frames |
US11588591B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2023-02-21 | Sinclair Television Group, Inc | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
US11082277B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2021-08-03 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
CN110061945A (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2019-07-26 | 第一媒体有限责任公司 | The dynamic configuration of flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing physical transfer data frame |
US20240163036A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2024-05-16 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing phy transport data frame |
US11146437B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2021-10-12 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US9866421B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2018-01-09 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US11855915B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2023-12-26 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US10205619B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2019-02-12 | ONE Media, LLC | Dynamic configuration of a flexible orthogonal frequency division multiplexing PHY transport data frame |
US10560299B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2020-02-11 | Coherent Logix, Incorporated | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
US11838224B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2023-12-05 | One Media , Llc | Multi-portion radio transmissions |
US20170054581A1 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2017-02-23 | One Media Llc | Dynamic Configuration of a Flexible Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing PHY Transport Data Frame |
US10425928B2 (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2019-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band |
US20160174214A1 (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2016-06-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band |
US9918302B2 (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2018-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band |
CN111147221A (en) * | 2014-12-12 | 2020-05-12 | 高通股份有限公司 | Techniques for managing transmissions in unlicensed radio frequency bands |
US11032804B2 (en) | 2014-12-12 | 2021-06-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band |
CN105790819A (en) * | 2014-12-25 | 2016-07-20 | 重庆重邮信科通信技术有限公司 | MIMO signal receiving method and device |
US10079918B2 (en) | 2015-02-17 | 2018-09-18 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Block coding scheme for PHY data unit transmission |
US20160381684A1 (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2016-12-29 | Ahmed Gamal Helmy Mohamed | Access point (ap), user station (sta) and method for spatial modulation orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (sm-ofdm) communication |
US9935737B2 (en) * | 2015-06-24 | 2018-04-03 | Intel IP Corporation | Access point (AP), user station (STA) and method for spatial modulation orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (SM-OFDM) communication |
WO2017011274A1 (en) * | 2015-07-10 | 2017-01-19 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods for resource allocation of an ofdma wlan system |
US10069666B2 (en) * | 2015-07-20 | 2018-09-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Transceiver architecture that maintains legacy timing by inserting and removing cyclic prefix at legacy sampling rate |
CN107041004A (en) * | 2015-11-12 | 2017-08-11 | 大众汽车有限公司 | Device, the method and computer program chosen for frequency band |
US11140017B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2021-10-05 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
US10819553B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2020-10-27 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
US10419262B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2019-09-17 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
US10771297B2 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2020-09-08 | Orange | Method and device for multi-service transmission with FC-OFDM modulation and corresponding receiver |
US20190068419A1 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2019-02-28 | Orange | Method and device for multi-service transmission with fc-ofdm modulation and corresponding receiver |
US10340987B2 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2019-07-02 | Ccip, Llc | Excursion compensation in multipath communication systems with a cyclic prefix |
CN108111272A (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2018-06-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Indicating means, base station and the terminal of reference signal configuration information |
US11451414B2 (en) | 2017-08-09 | 2022-09-20 | Zte Corporation | Method for indicating reference signal configuration information, base station, and terminal |
CN110034916A (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2019-07-19 | 王晓安 | The synchronous method with channel reciprocity calibration of antenna phase based on terminal feedback |
CN111157964A (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2020-05-15 | 西安电子科技大学 | Robust broadband frequency domain channel correction method based on singular value decomposition |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9154274B2 (en) | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes | |
CN101582873B (en) | Multi-mode terminal in a wireless mimo system with spatial multiplexing | |
EP1733523B1 (en) | Frame structure for wireless multicarrier communication | |
US10027512B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for sounding in wireless communication system | |
US8396147B2 (en) | MIMO transmitter for transmitting a group of sequential OFDM symbols using a plurality of antennas | |
EP1531594A1 (en) | Apparatus and method for sub-carrier allocation in a multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system | |
US20100067590A1 (en) | Adaptive pilot insertion for a mimo-ofdm system | |
US20060039275A1 (en) | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system | |
EP1836818A1 (en) | Constrained hopping in wireless communication systems | |
AU2011213737B2 (en) | Multicarrier transmission using a plurality of symbol lengths |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: QUALCOM INCORPORATED, A DELAWARE CORPORATION, CALI Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WALTON, JAY ROD;KETCHUM, JOHN W.;WALLACE, MARK;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:014065/0587 Effective date: 20030425 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION |